WO2017198154A1 - 连接处理方法及装置 - Google Patents

连接处理方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017198154A1
WO2017198154A1 PCT/CN2017/084579 CN2017084579W WO2017198154A1 WO 2017198154 A1 WO2017198154 A1 WO 2017198154A1 CN 2017084579 W CN2017084579 W CN 2017084579W WO 2017198154 A1 WO2017198154 A1 WO 2017198154A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
identifier
indication
terminal
recovery
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/084579
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
余媛芳
塞尔吉奥帕洛拉里
陆婷
高音
卢飞
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201610356646.2A external-priority patent/CN107396455B/zh
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority to EP21212804.5A priority Critical patent/EP4007435A1/en
Priority to ES17798717T priority patent/ES2902183T3/es
Priority to EP17798717.9A priority patent/EP3461214B1/en
Publication of WO2017198154A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017198154A1/zh
Priority to US16/194,231 priority patent/US10764795B2/en
Priority to US17/008,534 priority patent/US11576088B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/19—Connection re-establishment
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/11—Allocation or use of connection identifiers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/18—Management of setup rejection or failure
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00—Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/20—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between access points

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a connection processing method and apparatus.
  • Machine to Machine (M2M) communication is an important subject of the fifth generation of mobile communication technology (5G), and an important application field for wireless communication in the future.
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • 5G mobile communication technology
  • NB-IoT sub-topic of the NarowBand-Internet of Things
  • UE User Equipment
  • Control plane optimization mode (hereinafter referred to as CP optimization mode): The DRB will not be established between the terminal and the network, and the AS security context will not be established. The data is encapsulated into NAS PDUs attached to the control plane signaling for transmission. The effect of saving signaling in this way is obvious, but the length of the data packet transmitted at one time is limited. For a relatively large data packet, it needs to be divided into multiple small packets to be sent. In the case of poor coverage, the packet loss problem is easily caused. It is difficult for the receiver to receive the complete packet.
  • UP optimization mode (hereinafter referred to as UP optimization mode): The terminal establishes a complete connection with the network, and uses DRB to transmit data. After the data transmission is completed, the terminal and the network side save the bearer information context, AS security context, etc. through the suspending process. When the data is sent again, the two parties restore the previously saved context through the recovery process and continue to use the DRB bearer to transmit data. This method is not much different from the existing process, and there is no significant limitation on the length of the data packet, but the effect of saving signaling is limited.
  • the Preferred Network Behaviour indication is carried in the Attach Request message.
  • the MME network element on the network side will include Supported Network Behaviour in the Attach Accept message to indicate the operation mode it can support.
  • the terminal After the terminal negotiates with the network to adopt the UP mode, if the terminal needs to send uplink data, it needs to trigger the recovery process of the air interface and the network side bearer.
  • the terminal When downlink data needs to be sent on the network side, the terminal is first paged, and then the terminal initiates a recovery process of the air interface and the network side bearer.
  • the terminal non-access stratum sends an indication of restoring the connection to its access layer in an idle state with a suspend flag, and simultaneously caches the service request NAS signaling.
  • the terminal access layer will attempt to send a connection recovery request message to the base station access layer.
  • the access layer and the non-access stratum of the base station and the terminal have the following possible operations and interactions:
  • the base station access layer After receiving the connection recovery request message, the base station access layer sends a connection recovery message to the terminal, indicating that the terminal connection is successfully restored, and the terminal access layer sends an indication to the non-access stratum to indicate that the connection is successfully restored. (RRC connection has been resumed), the terminal non-access stratum will discard the buffered service request NAS signaling, and end the non-access stratum processing procedure;
  • the terminal access layer may fail to send a connection recovery request message because it did not pass the Access Barring detection. At this time, the terminal access layer sends an indication to its non-access stratum to indicate the failure to resume, and the terminal non-access stratum can inherit or refer to the process of failure to establish and congestion control;
  • the terminal access layer may fail to issue a connection recovery request message because the current base station does not support the UP optimization mode.
  • the terminal access layer clears the stored access layer context and sends an indication to its non-access stratum indicating that the connection recovery has failed (RRC connection resume has failed), and the terminal non-access stratum will cache.
  • the service request NAS signaling is sent to the access layer, and the access layer completes a normal connection establishment process;
  • the base station access layer may also provide the terminal. Sending a connection setup message, instructing the terminal to clear the cached context and complete a normal connection establishment. At this time, the terminal access layer sends an indication to its non-access stratum indicating that the connection recovery has failed (RRC connection resume has failed). The access layer sends the buffered service request NAS signaling to the access layer, and the access layer completes the subsequent process and sends the NAS signaling to the base station for subsequent establishment of the S1 interface.
  • the base station access layer may send a connection reject message to the terminal due to network congestion, or the terminal may not receive any connection recovery request message because of an abnormal air link.
  • the response message causes the T300 timer to time out.
  • the terminal access layer will send an indication to its non-access stratum indicating a failure to resume.
  • the terminal non-access stratum can inherit or refer to the process of failure to establish and congestion control.
  • the connection reject message sent by the base station access layer to the terminal may optionally include a suspension information. If the pending information is included, the terminal access layer will continue to retain its stored access layer context information, otherwise the terminal access layer will clear its stored access layer context.
  • the non-access stratum of the terminal receives the indication of the failure to resume.
  • the current standard considers that the non-access stratum of the terminal can continue to use or refer to the connection establishment failure and congestion control process. It can be seen that the terminal is not connected. The layer does not distinguish between the connection establishment failure and the recovery failure.
  • the terminal non-access stratum When the terminal initiates the connection recovery request, the terminal non-access stratum is in the idle state with the suspend identity. If the terminal receives the recovery failure indication at this time, at least the What is the processing of the non-access stratum context (including the pending identifier) stored in the state. On the one hand, the terminal non-access stratum may clear the suspend flag and return to the normal idle state. On the other hand, the terminal non-access stratum may also stop the current process and maintain the current state;
  • the terminal access layer receives the connection reject message, it is different from the prior art only for the terminal application extension delay timer that supports the delay tolerance access, such as If the current terminal is a narrowband IoT terminal, the terminal access layer always passes the extended waiting timer to the non-access stratum for the non-access stratum application. However, considering that the non-access stratum currently processes the timer, it will judge whether the terminal currently initiates low-priority access, and if so, the timer is enabled for a period of time (start timer T3346 with the "Extended wait" Time"value), if not, the timer will be discarded. It can be seen that the use of the extended timer by the terminal non-access stratum is conditional. If the condition is not met, the requirement that the access layer applies the extended wait timer to all connection denial scenarios of the narrowband IoT terminal may not be satisfied. ;
  • the terminal access layer will continue to retain the stored context information, and assume that the non-access layer of the terminal is received at this time.
  • the failure to resume indication sent by the inbound layer clears the pending identifier and returns to the normal idle state, which may result in inconsistency between the terminal access layer and the non-access stratum.
  • the terminal access layer clears the stored access layer context, and assumes that the non-access layer of the terminal receives the connection.
  • the failure to resume indicates that the current process is stopped and maintained in the current state, which may result in inconsistency between another terminal access layer and the non-access stratum.
  • the next non-access stratum of the terminal sends a recovery to the access layer.
  • the terminal access layer cannot continue the subsequent process because it has no stored access layer context.
  • the standard fails to re-establish the other abnormalities encountered by the terminal access layer during the connection recovery process, such as radio link failure (Radio Link Failure, RLF for short), except for T300.
  • radio link failure Radio Link Failure, RLF for short
  • the device timeout, etc. has not fully clarified the access layer processing and its interaction with the non-access stratum.
  • the preset terminal, the base station, and the related core network element have stored various context information required by the UP optimization mode, and how to identify the context information, so that the terminal and the terminal
  • the network side can find and restore the correct context information with consistent identifiers, which is an important issue to be solved.
  • a 40-bit long full-text recovery identifier is defined, and the full-text recovery identifier is allocated by the base station in the suspending process and transmitted to the terminal.
  • the terminal may carry a full-text recovery identifier of length 40 bits or a truncated recovery identifier of length 24 bits in the connection recovery request message according to the indication of the network side, and transmit the signal to the base station.
  • the base station constructs a 40-bit full-text recovery identifier according to the format of 20-bit base station information + 20-bit terminal/user information.
  • the terminal will not be able to know the specific format information of the 40-bit full-text recovery identifier. For example, the terminal cannot know that the 20-bit terminal/user information is located at the high or low level of the 40-bit full-text recovery identifier, or intermediate.
  • the terminal determines to transmit a 24-bit truncated recovery identifier to the base station according to the network side indication, the terminal can intercept the upper 24 bits of the 40-bit full-text recovery identifier, indicating that the 20-bit terminal/user is acquired.
  • the information and the 4-bit base station information are used to construct the truncated recovery identifier.
  • the terminal needs a more flexible manner, for example, in a mobile scenario, it is necessary to carry more base station information in the recovery identifier, and the terminal will not be able to notify the base station about the 24 bits.
  • the specific format of the recovery identifier for example, whether the base station information of 20 bits or less is included, whether the terminal/user information of 20 bits or less is included, whether other information is included, in other words, the standard fails to provide such a transmission recovery identifier. flexibility.
  • the transmission recovery logo may have an inconsistent understanding or lack of flexibility.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a connection processing method and apparatus to at least solve the problem of inconsistent user plane optimization operations in the related art.
  • connection processing method comprising: receiving a connection request, wherein the connection request is used to request to establish or restore a connection with a base station; and corresponding to the obtained connection request
  • the first connection result indicates that the non-access stratum of the terminal performs a predetermined operation.
  • indicating that the non-access stratum of the terminal performs the predetermined operation includes one of: sending, carrying, to the non-access stratum of the terminal Transmitting one or more first indication messages of the information; transmitting, to the non-access stratum of the terminal, one or more of the first indication messages carrying the indication information and indicating the second connection result And a second indication message that is sent to the non-access stratum of the terminal to indicate the second connection result and carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the The non-access stratum of the terminal performs the predetermined operation.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following: a pending reservation indication, where the pending reservation indication is used to indicate one of: the non-access stratum retains the suspended identifier, the non-access The layer clears the suspended identifier, the non-access stratum is an idle state with a suspend identifier, the non-access stratum is an idle state without a suspend identifier, and the non-access stratum enters with a hung The identified idle state, the non-access stratum enters an idle state without a suspend identity, the non-access stratum maintains an idle state with a suspend identity, the non-access stratum leaves with a suspend An idle state of the identifier; a narrowband IoT terminal type indication, wherein the narrowband IoT terminal type indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum terminal is a narrowband IoT terminal, or the narrowband IoT terminal type indication And indicating that the terminal in the non-access stratum is a non-narrowband IoT terminal; the NAS signal
  • the pending reservation indication is used to indicate one of: the non-access layer retains the suspension identifier, The non-access stratum is an idle state with a suspend identifier, the non-access stratum enters an idle state with a suspend identifier, and the non-access stratum is maintained in an idle state with a suspend identifier;
  • the pending hold indication is used to indicate one of the following: the non-access stratum clears the suspended identifier, the non-access The layer is an idle state without a pending identifier, the non-access stratum enters an idle state without a suspended identifier, and the non-access stratum leaves an idle state with a suspended identifier.
  • the first preset value is 1, or failure to resume with suspend; the second preset value is 0, or failure to resume without suspend.
  • the first connection result includes one of the following: the access layer of the terminal cannot send a connection recovery request message because the Access Barring is not detected, and the access layer of the terminal receives the connection reject message.
  • the connection reject message carries the suspension information
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection reject message
  • the connection reject message does not carry the suspension information
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the re-establishment reject message.
  • the re-establishment rejection message carries the suspension information, the timer of the terminal that is started by the access layer after the message 3Msg3 is sent, and the access layer of the terminal cannot be supported by the current base station.
  • the connection recovery request message is sent, and the access layer of the terminal cannot send a connection recovery request message because there is no stored access layer context information.
  • the narrowband IoT terminal type indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum terminal is the narrowband An IoT terminal; wherein the narrowband IoT terminal type indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum terminal is the non-instance, if the value of the narrowband IoT terminal type is a fourth preset value Narrowband IoT terminal.
  • the narrowband IoT terminal type indication is a 1-bit value; the third preset The value is 1; the fourth preset value is 0.
  • the first connection result includes: the access layer of the terminal transmits an extended waiting timer to the non-access stratum after receiving the connection reject message.
  • the NAS signaling processing indication is used to instruct the non-access stratum to send the buffered NAS signaling to the The access layer of the terminal, and/or the NAS signaling processing indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum enters a connection state; where the value of the NAS signaling processing indication is a sixth preset value And the NAS signaling processing indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum does not send the buffered NAS signaling to an access layer of the terminal.
  • the NAS signaling processing indication is a 1-bit value; the fifth preset value is 1; and the sixth preset value is 0.
  • the first connection result includes one of the following: the access layer of the terminal cannot send a connection recovery request message because the current base station does not support the UP optimization mode, and the access layer of the terminal is not stored.
  • the access layer context information cannot send a connection recovery request message.
  • the method further includes: recording, according to the request type of the connection request, the connection request as a connection establishment request or a connection recovery request.
  • the second indication message or the third indication message includes: a recovery failure indication, a failure to resume indication.
  • the third indication message includes one of the following: failure to resume with suspend, failure to resume without suspend.
  • the second connection result includes one of the following: a connection recovery failure, a failure to resume the RRC connection, and a connection establishment failure, a failure to establish the RRC connection.
  • a connection processing method including: receiving a first downlink message and/or a first recovery identifier sent by a first base station; and sending an uplink message according to the first restoration identifier and/or Or a second recovery identifier to the second base station.
  • the first downlink message carries information for indicating the first recovery identifier format sent by the first base station.
  • the information used to indicate the format of the first recovery identifier includes: information used to indicate the meaning of the information carried in the first restoration identifier, and used to indicate that the first recovery identifier is carried Information about the length of the message.
  • the first downlink message includes at least two of the following information: a total length of the first recovery identifier is a first preset length, and a length of base station information carried in the first resume identifier The length of the terminal information carried in the first restoration identifier is a third preset length.
  • the method further includes Obtaining the first preset length according to the two pieces of the first preset length, the second preset length, and the third preset length that are included in the first downlink message, The third information of the second preset length and the third preset length.
  • the uplink message carries information for indicating the second recovery identifier format that is sent to the second base station.
  • the information used to indicate the format of the second recovery identifier includes: information used to indicate the meaning of the information carried in the second recovery identifier, and used to indicate the second recovery identifier Information about the length of the information carried.
  • the uplink message includes at least two of the following information: a total length of the second restoration identifier is a fourth preset length, and a length of the base station information carried in the second restoration identifier is a fifth The preset length and the length of the terminal information carried in the second restoration identifier are a sixth preset length.
  • the method further includes: Obtaining the fourth preset length and the fifth preset length by using the two pieces of information in the fourth preset length, the fifth preset length, and the sixth preset length Sixth The third information in the preset length.
  • the sending, by the first recovery identifier, the second restoration identifier to the second base station includes: according to the base station information of the second preset length of the first restoration identifier, according to the first reservation
  • the rule intercepts the information of the fifth preset length as the base station information in the second restoration identifier; and the terminal information whose length is the third preset length in the first restoration identifier, intercepts the length according to the second predetermined rule.
  • the information of the sixth preset length is used as the terminal information in the second restoration identifier to obtain the second restoration identifier; and the second restoration identifier is sent to the second base station.
  • the method before the sending the second recovery identifier to the second base station according to the first restoration identifier, the method further includes: receiving a second downlink message sent by the first base station or the second base station, where The second downlink message carries information for indicating the format of the second resume identity.
  • the second downlink message includes at least two of the following information: a total length of the second recovery identifier is a seventh preset length, and a length of the base station information carried in the second resume identifier is The length of the terminal information carried in the second preset identifier and the second restoration identifier is a ninth preset length.
  • the method further includes: Obtaining the seventh preset length according to the two pieces of the seventh preset length, the eighth preset length, and the ninth preset length that are included in the second downlink message, a third predetermined length, the third information of the ninth preset length.
  • sending the second restoration identifier to the second base station according to the first restoration identifier includes: selecting, from the first restoration identifier, base station information of a second preset length, according to a third reservation
  • the rule intercepts the information of the eighth preset length as the base station information in the second restoration identifier; and the terminal information of the third preset length in the first restoration identifier, the length is intercepted according to the fourth predetermined rule.
  • the information of the ninth preset length is used as the terminal information in the second restoration identifier to obtain the second restoration identifier; and the second restoration identifier is sent to the Second base station.
  • the second downlink message includes one of: a system message, a message for allocating a resource required for sending the connection recovery request message to the terminal, and a second connection for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message.
  • Message 4 requiring resources.
  • the information indicating the format of the second recovery identifier includes one of the following: the information indicating the second recovery identifier format is first indication information, where the value of the first indication information is In the case of the first predetermined value, the first indication information is used to indicate one of the following: intercepting the highest-order tenth preset length bit from the first recovery identifier as the second recovery identifier, from the first recovery identifier The intercepting the highest digit tenth preset length bit is filled in the second recovery identifier; if the first indication information takes a second predetermined value, the first indication information is used to indicate one of the following: from the first The truncated lowest bit eleventh preset length bit is used as the second recovery identifier in the recovery identifier, and the lowest bit eleventh preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier to fill in the second restoration identifier; the indication is the second The information of the recovery identifier format is the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second recovery identifier
  • the information indicating the format of the second recovery identifier includes: the information indicating the second recovery identifier format is third indication information, where the third indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first resume identifier is used as the second resume identifier, or the third indication information is used to indicate that the first resume identifier is used.
  • the intercepting the highest digit tenth preset length bit is filled in the second restoration identifier; and in the case that the third indication information is used to take the value as the second predetermined value, the third indication information is used to indicate that the recovery is from the first
  • the intercepting the lowest bit of the eleventh preset length bit is used as the second recovery identifier, or the third indication information is used to indicate that the lowest bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier, and the eleventh preset length bit is filled in the second recovery.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the second twelfth preset length bit is intercepted from the first resume identifier and used as the second.
  • the third indication information indicates The second twelfth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier to be filled in the second restoration identifier; or the information indicating the second restoration identifier format is the fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is taken
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is the first format
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is in the second format
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is in the third format, where the fourth indication information is the third preset value.
  • the first format, the second format, and the third format are predefined formats.
  • the second downlink message includes one of the following indication information: used to indicate that a part of the first recovery identifier is used as the second recovery identifier, and is used to indicate that the preset is intercepted from the first recovery identifier. Part of the information is filled in with the indication of the second recovery identifier.
  • the second downlink message includes: fifth indication information, or sixth indication information; where, in a case where the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value The fifth indication information or the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier as the second restoration identifier, or is used to indicate that the first recovery identifier is intercepted The highest-order tenth preset length bit is filled in the second restoration identifier; in the case that the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information takes a second predetermined value, the fifth indication information or the first The six indication information is used to indicate that the lowest bit eleventh preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier is used as the second recovery identifier, or is used to indicate that the lowest bit eleventh preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier.
  • the second restoration identifier is a first format
  • the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information is a second predetermined value.
  • the second restoration identifier is in the second format, or is not in the first format, wherein the first format and the second format are predefined formats.
  • the information used to indicate the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth recovery identifier encoding rule includes at least one of the following: a format for indicating whether the fourth recovery identifier is a truncated recovery identifier
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the third recovery identifier is filled in the fourth recovery identifier, and is used to indicate the indication information that the preset part of the fourth restoration identifier is valid.
  • the information used to indicate the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth recovery identifier encoding rule includes at least one of the following: the indicating the fourth recovery identifier format and/or The information of the fourth restoration identifier encoding rule is the seventh indication information, or the information used to indicate the fourth restoration identifier format and/or the fourth restoration identifier encoding rule is the eighth indication information; And the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the fourth recovery identifier is a truncated recovery, if the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is a value that is a first predetermined value.
  • the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is a second predetermined value
  • the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the fourth resume identifier is Fully recovering the format of the identifier, or not in the format of the truncated recovery identifier; or, in the case where the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value,
  • the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the third restoration identifier is filled in the highest tenth preset length bit of the fourth restoration identifier, or is used to indicate the highest tenth preset in the fourth restoration identifier.
  • the length bit is valid; if the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is a second predetermined value, the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the third recovery identifier is to be used. Filling in the lowest digit eleventh preset length bit of the fourth restoration identifier, or indicating that the lowest digit eleventh preset length bit in the fourth restoration identifier is valid.
  • the format of the truncated recovery identifier is a predefined format; or the format of the truncated recovery identifier is that the first preset part bit is valid, and the second preset part bit is a padding bit, where The length of the truncated recovery identification information is 40 bits.
  • the tenth preset length, the eleventh preset length, and the twelfth preset length are the same or different.
  • the tenth preset length, the eleventh preset length, and the twelfth preset length are determined by one of the following manners: predefined; indicated by a predetermined manner, wherein the predetermined manner Includes one of the following: system messages, downstream messages.
  • the first predetermined value is 1 or 0; or the second predetermined value is 0 or 1.
  • the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, The fourth indication information, the fifth indication information, the sixth indication information, the seventh indication information, and/or the eighth indication information comprise one of the following forms: the first indication information, the The second indication information, the third indication information, the fourth indication information, the fifth indication information, the sixth indication information, the seventh indication information, and/or the eighth indication information are 1 bit of information, wherein the information of the 1 bit includes one of: Boolean type information, enumerated type information; the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication The information, the fourth indication information, the fifth indication information, the sixth indication information, the seventh indication information, and/or the eighth indication information are information of a plurality of bits, wherein the multiple The information of the bits includes: information of the enumerated type.
  • a connection processing method including: acquiring indication information of an access layer transmission of a terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate that a non-access stratum of the terminal performs a predetermined operation. And performing a predetermined operation according to the indication of the indication information.
  • performing the predetermined operation according to the indication of the indication information includes: acquiring an indication type of the indication information, where the indication type includes at least one of: a suspension reservation indication, a narrowband Internet of Things terminal type indication, a NAS
  • the indication type includes the base station supporting the CP optimization indication, determining, according to the indication of the base station supporting the CP optimization indication, whether to recommend using the CP optimization scheme in the NAS signaling for attachment Or determining whether to adopt a CP optimization scheme when transmitting data and/or signaling according to the indication that the base station supports the CP optimization indication; and when the indication type includes the base station supporting an UP optimization indication, according to the base station
  • the indication supporting the UP optimization indication determines whether the UP optimization scheme is recommended to be used in the NAS signaling for attachment, or determines whether to adopt the UP optimization scheme when transmitting data and/or signaling according to the indication that the base station supports the UP optimization indication.
  • performing the predetermined operation according to the indication of the indication information includes at least one of: in a case where the base station supports the value of the CP optimization indication as a seventh preset value, in the NAS message for attachment It is recommended to use the CP optimization scheme; or, in the case that the base station supports the CP optimization indication as the eighth preset value, the CP optimization scheme is not recommended in the NAS signaling for attachment; In the case that the base station supports the ninth preset value of the UP optimization indication, the UP optimization scheme is recommended to be used in the attached NAS signaling; or the value of the UP optimization indication supported by the base station is the tenth pre-predetermined In the case of the value setting, the UP optimization scheme is not recommended in the NAS signaling for attachment.
  • performing the predetermined operation according to the indication of the indication information includes: if the non-access stratum is currently in an idle state without a suspending identifier, the value of the CP optimization indication supported by the base station is a seventh preset. In the case of a value, the NAS signaling one or the NAS signaling three is sent to the access layer and the access layer is required to initially establish a connection; if the base station supports the CP optimization indication as the eighth preset value, the sending is performed. NAS signaling two or NAS signaling three is given to the access layer and requires the access layer to initially establish a connection.
  • performing the predetermined operation according to the indication of the indication information includes: if the non-access stratum is currently in an idle state with a suspending identifier, the value of the UP optimization indication supported by the base station is a ninth preset value.
  • the access layer is required to resume the connection; if the base station supports the UP optimization indication as the tenth preset value, Send NAS signaling 2 or NAS signaling 3 to the access layer and require the access layer to initially establish a connection.
  • the NAS signaling is NAS signaling for the data service
  • the NSA signaling is the service request NAS signaling
  • the NAS signaling is the tracking area update NAS signaling.
  • performing the predetermined operation according to the indication of the indication information includes at least one of: performing, according to the indication of the suspension retention indication, in a case that the value of the suspension retention indication is a first preset value
  • the predetermined operation comprises one of: retaining the suspended identifier, the non-access stratum is an idle state with a suspended identifier, entering an idle state with a suspended identifier, maintaining In the idle state with the pending identifier, if the value of the pending hold indication is the second preset value, the pending identifier is cleared, and the non-access stratum is without the suspended identifier.
  • An idle state entering an idle state without a suspended identifier, leaving an idle state with a pending identifier; and acquiring, if the value of the narrowband Internet of Things terminal type is a third preset value, acquiring the terminal
  • the terminal type is the narrowband Internet of Things terminal; if the value of the narrowband IoT terminal type is the fourth preset value, the terminal type of the terminal is obtained as the non-narrowband Internet of Things Terminal
  • the value of the NAS signaling processing indication is the fifth preset value, the buffered NAS signaling is sent to the access layer of the terminal; the value of the NAS signaling processing indication is the sixth pre- In the case of a value, the buffered NAS signaling is not sent to the access layer of the terminal.
  • a connection processing method including: transmitting a first downlink message and/or a first resume identifier to a terminal; wherein the first resume identifier is used by the terminal according to the The first recovery identifier sends an uplink message and/or a second recovery identifier.
  • the method further includes: receiving an uplink message sent by the terminal according to the first recovery identifier, and / or second recovery logo.
  • the first downlink message carries information indicating the format of the first resume identity sent to the terminal.
  • the information used to indicate the first recovery identifier format includes: information used to indicate a meaning of information carried in the first restoration identifier, and used to indicate the first recovery label Information about the length of the information carried in the knowledge.
  • the first downlink message includes at least two of the following information: a total length of the first recovery identifier is a first preset length, and a length of base station information carried in the first resume identifier The length of the terminal information carried in the first restoration identifier is a third preset length.
  • the method further includes Obtaining the first preset length according to the two pieces of the first preset length, the second preset length, and the third preset length that are included in the first downlink message, The third information of the second preset length and the third preset length.
  • the uplink message carries information for indicating the second recovery identifier format sent by the terminal.
  • the method before receiving the uplink message and/or the second recovery identifier sent by the terminal, the method further includes: sending, to the terminal, a second downlink message, where the second downlink message Carrying information indicating the format of the second resume identity.
  • the second downlink message includes at least two of the following information: a total length of the second recovery identifier is a seventh preset length, and a length of the base station information carried in the second resume identifier is The length of the terminal information carried in the second preset identifier and the second restoration identifier is a ninth preset length.
  • the method further includes: Obtaining the seventh preset length according to the two pieces of the seventh preset length, the eighth preset length, and the ninth preset length that are included in the second downlink message, a third predetermined length, the third information of the ninth preset length.
  • the second downlink message includes one of: a system message, a message for allocating a resource required for sending the connection recovery request message to the terminal, and a second connection for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message.
  • Message 4 requiring resources.
  • a connection processing apparatus comprising: a first receiving module configured to receive a connection request, wherein the connection request is for requesting establishment or restoration of a connection with a base station; And a module, configured to instruct the non-access stratum of the terminal to perform a predetermined operation according to the obtained first connection result.
  • a connection processing apparatus including: a second receiving module, configured to receive a first downlink message and/or a first recovery identifier sent by the first base station; and a first sending module, And sending, according to the first restoration identifier, an uplink message and/or a second restoration identifier to the second base station.
  • the device further includes: a third receiving module, configured to receive a second downlink message sent by the first base station or the second base station, where the second downlink message is used to indicate the second recovery identifier Formatted information.
  • a third receiving module configured to receive a second downlink message sent by the first base station or the second base station, where the second downlink message is used to indicate the second recovery identifier Formatted information.
  • a connection processing apparatus including: an obtaining module, configured to acquire indication information of an access layer transmission of a terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal is not connected The inbound layer performs a predetermined operation; the execution module is configured to perform a predetermined operation according to the indication of the indication information.
  • a connection processing apparatus including: a second sending module, configured to send a first downlink message and/or a first resume identifier to a terminal; wherein the first resume identifier The terminal is configured to send an uplink message and/or a second recovery identifier according to the first restoration identifier.
  • the device further includes: a fourth receiving module, configured to receive an uplink message and/or a second recovery identifier that is sent by the terminal according to the first recovery identifier.
  • a fourth receiving module configured to receive an uplink message and/or a second recovery identifier that is sent by the terminal according to the first recovery identifier.
  • the device further includes: a third sending module, configured to send a second downlink message to the terminal, where the second downlink message carries information for indicating the second recovery identifier format.
  • a third sending module configured to send a second downlink message to the terminal, where the second downlink message carries information for indicating the second recovery identifier format.
  • a connection processing method including: receiving, by a first network element, a third recovery identifier and/or a first message sent by a terminal, where the first message is used to carry the a third recovery identifier; the first network element constructs a fourth restoration according to the third recovery identifier Identifying and/or the second message, and transmitting the fourth recovery identifier and/or the second message to one or more second network elements, wherein the fourth recovery identifier is used to request the one or The second network element transmits the terminal context information to the first network element according to the fourth recovery identifier, where the second message is used to carry the fourth recovery identifier.
  • the second message carries information for indicating the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth restoration identifier encoding rule.
  • the fourth recovery identifier carries information for indicating the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth restoration identifier encoding rule.
  • the information used to indicate the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth recovery identifier encoding rule includes at least one of the following: used to indicate information carried in the fourth recovery identifier.
  • Information indicating meaning information indicating the length of information carried in the fourth restoration identifier.
  • the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth recovery identifier encoding rule includes at least one of: a total length of the fourth restoration identifier, a length of a valid bit of the fourth restoration identifier, Whether the starting position of the valid bit or the starting position of the valid bit carried in the fourth recovery identifier is offset from the first predetermined position, whether the fourth recovery identifier carries the base station information, and the fourth Whether the recovery identifier carries the terminal information, the length of the base station information carried in the fourth restoration identifier, the length of the terminal information carried in the fourth restoration identifier, and the base station information of the thinband in the fourth restoration identifier.
  • the first network element includes one of the following: a first MME, a first base station, a first cell, a target MME, a target base station, a target cell, an MME that initiates connection recovery by the terminal, and a base station that initiates connection recovery by the terminal, The terminal initiates connection recovery of the cell;
  • the second network element includes one of the following: a second MME, a second base station, a second cell, a source MME, a source base station, a source cell, an MME storing terminal context information, and a stored terminal.
  • the first message includes: an air interface connection recovery request message RRCConnectionResumeRequest message;
  • the second message includes one of the following: an X2 interface acquires a terminal context information request message X2 RETRIEVE UE CONTEXT REQUEST message, and an S1 interface performs a terminal context. Request message for information acquisition.
  • a connection processing apparatus which is applied to a first network element, and includes: a fifth receiving module, configured to receive a third recovery identifier and/or a first message sent by the terminal, where The first message is used to carry the third recovery identifier; the processing module is configured to configure, by the first network element, a fourth recovery identifier and/or a second message according to the third recovery identifier, and the fourth recovery
  • the identifier and/or the second message is delivered to the one or more second network elements, wherein the fourth recovery identifier is used to request the one or more second network elements to connect the terminal according to the fourth recovery identifier
  • the context information is delivered to the first network element, and the second message is used to carry the fourth recovery identifier.
  • a storage medium comprising a stored program, wherein the program is executed to perform the method of any of the above.
  • a processor for running a program wherein the program is executed to perform the method of any of the above.
  • a connection request is received, wherein the connection request is used to request to establish or restore a connection with the base station; and the first connection result corresponding to the obtained connection request is instructed to end
  • the non-access stratum of the terminal performs a predetermined operation. It can be seen that, by using the foregoing solution, the non-access stratum of the terminal can be instructed to perform a predetermined operation according to the first connection result of the connection request, so that the access layer and the non-access stratum of the terminal operate. Consistent, thus solving the problem of inconsistent user plane optimization operations in related technologies.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing the hardware structure of a mobile terminal according to a connection processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart 1 of a connection processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 is a second flowchart of a connection processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 is a third flowchart of a connection processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a NAS layer determination method before transmitting an attach message according to an alternative example of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart 1 of a NAS layer determination method after receiving an attach accept message according to an alternative example of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart 2 of a NAS layer determination method after receiving an attach accept message according to an alternative example of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart 3 of a NAS layer determination method after receiving an attach accept message according to an alternative example of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart 4 of a NAS layer determination method after receiving an attach accept message according to an alternative example of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart 1 of a NAS layer determination method before data or signaling to be transmitted according to an alternative example of the present disclosure
  • 11 is a NAS layer decision prior to transmission of data or signaling in accordance with an alternative example of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart 4 of a connection processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 is a structural block diagram 1 of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a block diagram 2 of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • connection processing apparatus 15 is a structural block diagram 3 of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • connection processing apparatus 16 is a structural block diagram 4 of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 17 is a block diagram 5 of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is a structural block diagram 6 of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a structural block diagram of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 21 is a block diagram of a structure of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Embodiment 1 of the present application can be executed in a mobile terminal, a computer terminal or the like.
  • 1 is a block diagram of a hardware structure of a mobile terminal according to a connection processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the mobile terminal 10 may include one or more (only shown in the figure).
  • the processor 102 (the processor 102 may include, but is not limited to, a processing device such as a microprocessor MCU or a programmable logic device FPGA), a memory 104 for storing data, and a transmission device 106 for communication functions. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the structure shown in FIG.
  • the mobile terminal 10 may also include more or fewer components than those shown in FIG. 1, or have a different configuration than that shown in FIG.
  • the memory 104 can be used to store software programs and modules of application software, such as program instructions/modules corresponding to the carrier phase recovery method in the embodiment of the present disclosure, and the processor 102 executes each by running a software program and a module stored in the memory 104.
  • a functional application and data processing, that is, the above method is implemented.
  • Memory 104 may include high speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory such as one or more magnetic storage devices, flash memory, or other non-volatile solid state memory.
  • memory 104 may further include memory remotely located relative to processor 102, which may be connected to mobile terminal 10 over a network. Examples of such networks include, but are not limited to, the Internet, intranets, local area networks, mobile communication networks, and combinations thereof.
  • Transmission device 106 is for receiving or transmitting data via a network.
  • the above-described network specific example may include a wireless network provided by a communication provider of the mobile terminal 10.
  • the transmission device 106 includes a Network Interface Controller (NIC) that can be connected to other network devices through a base station to communicate with the Internet.
  • the transmission device 106 can be a Radio Frequency (RF) module for communicating with the Internet wirelessly.
  • NIC Network Interface Controller
  • RF Radio Frequency
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart 1 of a connection processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 2, the flow includes the following steps:
  • Step S202 receiving a connection request, where the connection request is used to request to establish or restore a connection with the base station;
  • Step S204 Instruct the non-access stratum of the terminal to perform a predetermined operation according to the first connection result corresponding to the obtained connection request.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, applied to a scenario of user plane optimization.
  • user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode For example: user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, being applied to a terminal, such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a smart wearable device, or the like.
  • a terminal such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a smart wearable device, or the like.
  • the foregoing connection processing method may be It is not limited to the access layer applied to the terminal.
  • connection request where the connection request is used to request to establish or restore a connection with the base station; and according to the first connection result corresponding to the obtained connection request, instructing the non-access stratum of the terminal to perform a predetermined operation
  • the non-access stratum of the terminal can be instructed to perform a predetermined operation according to the first connection result of the connection request, so that the access layer of the terminal is consistent with the operation of the non-access stratum, thereby solving the user plane in the related art. Optimize the problem of inconsistent operations.
  • indicating that the non-access stratum of the terminal performs the predetermined operation includes one of the following manners:
  • the one or more first indication messages carrying the indication information are sent to the non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • Manner 2 Send one or more first indication messages carrying the indication information and a second indication message indicating the second connection result to the non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • Manner 3 Send a third indication message indicating the second connection result and carrying the indication information to the non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • the indication information in the foregoing three manners is used to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal performs a predetermined operation.
  • the indication information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following:
  • Indication 1 suspends the reservation indication, wherein the suspend reservation indication is used to indicate one of the following: the non-access stratum retains the suspend identifier, the non-access stratum clear suspend identifier, and the non-access stratum is with the suspend identifier
  • the idle state the non-access stratum is an idle state without a suspend identifier
  • the non-access stratum enters an idle state with a suspend identifier
  • the non-access stratum enters an idle state without a suspend identifier
  • the non-access stratum maintains In the idle state with the pending identity
  • the non-access stratum leaves the idle state with the pending identity.
  • Indication 2 a narrowband IoT terminal type indication, wherein the narrowband IoT terminal type indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum terminal is a narrowband IoT terminal, or the narrowband IoT terminal type indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum terminal is non- Narrowband IoT terminal.
  • Indication 3 NAS signaling processing indication, where the NAS signaling processing indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum sends the buffered NAS signaling to the access layer of the terminal, or the NAS signaling processing indication is used to indicate non-access The layer does not send the buffered NAS signaling to the access layer of the terminal.
  • Indication 4 The connection recovery has failed indication, wherein the connection recovery has failed indication to indicate that the non-access stratum sends the buffered NAS signaling to the access layer of the terminal, and indicates that the non-access stratum enters the connected state.
  • Indication 5 The connection has been suspended, wherein the connection has been suspended to indicate that the non-access stratum enters an idle state with a pending identity.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the re-establishment rejection message and the re-establishment rejection message carries the suspension information, and the access layer of the terminal may send the connection to the non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • An indication is given to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal enters an idle state with a suspend flag.
  • the base station supports the CP optimization indication, wherein the base station supports the CP optimization indication for indicating whether the base station supports the CP optimization scheme, and whether the base station supports the CP optimization scheme may be, but is not limited to, being expressed as: determining to be used for attaching and/or tracking area update. Whether the CP optimization scheme is recommended in the NAS signaling, or whether the CP optimization scheme is adopted when transmitting data and/or signaling.
  • the base station supports an UP optimization indication, where the base station supports the UP optimization indication for indicating whether the base station supports the UP optimization scheme, and whether the base station supports the UP optimization scheme may be, but is not limited to, being expressed as: determining to be used for attaching and/or tracking area update. Whether the UP optimization scheme is recommended in the NAS signaling, or whether the UP optimization scheme is adopted when transmitting data and/or signaling.
  • the pending reservation indication may be, but is not limited to, indicating one of the following: the non-access layer retains the pending identifier, and the non-access layer For the idle state with the pending identity, the non-access stratum enters the idle state with the pending identity, and the non-access stratum maintains the idle state with the pending identity.
  • the pending reservation indication may be, but is not limited to, one of the following: the non-access layer clears the pending identifier, and the non-access layer does not. The idle state of the identity, the non-access stratum enters an idle state without a suspend identity, and the non-access stratum leaves an idle state with a suspend identity.
  • the pending reservation indication may be, but is not limited to, a 1-bit value; the first preset value may be, but is not limited to, 1, or failure to resume with suspend; the second preset value may be, but is not limited to, 0, or failure To resume without suspend.
  • the first connection result may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: the access layer of the terminal cannot send the connection recovery request message because the Access Barring is not detected, the access layer of the terminal receives the connection reject message, and the connection reject message
  • the access layer carrying the suspension information, the access layer of the terminal receives the connection reject message, and the connection rejection message does not carry the suspension information
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the re-establishment rejection message
  • the re-establishment rejection message carries the suspension information
  • the terminal The access layer started by the access layer after the message 3Msg3 is sent out, and the access layer of the terminal cannot send the connection recovery request message because the current base station does not support the UP optimization mode, and the access layer of the terminal is not stored because of the access layer.
  • the connection recovery request message could not be sent with context information.
  • the narrowband IoT terminal type indication may be, but is not limited to, indicating that the non-access stratum terminal is a narrowband IoT terminal.
  • the narrowband IoT terminal type indication may be, but is not limited to, indicating that the non-access layer terminal is a non-narrowband Internet of Things terminal.
  • the narrowband IoT terminal type indication may be, but is not limited to, a 1-bit value; the third preset value may be, but is not limited to, 1; the fourth preset value may be, but is not limited to, 0.
  • the first connection result may include, but is not limited to, including: the access layer of the terminal transmits an extended waiting timer to the non-access stratum after receiving the connection reject message.
  • the NAS signaling processing indication may be, but is not limited to, indicating that the non-access stratum sends the buffered NAS signaling to the terminal.
  • the inbound layer, and/or the NAS signaling processing indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum enters the connected state.
  • the NAS signaling processing indication may be, but is not limited to, an access layer for indicating that the non-access stratum does not send the buffered NAS signaling to the terminal.
  • the NAS signaling processing indication may be, but is not limited to, a 1-bit value; a fifth preset value It may be, but is not limited to, 1; the sixth preset value may be, but is not limited to, 0.
  • the first connection result may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: the access layer of the terminal cannot send the connection recovery request message because the current base station does not support the UP optimization mode, and the access layer of the terminal is not stored. Incoming layer context information cannot send a connection recovery request message.
  • connection request may be recorded as a connection establishment request or a connection recovery request according to the request type of the connection request.
  • the second connection result may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: a connection recovery failure, a failure to resume the RRC connection, and a connection establishment failure, a failure to establish the RRC connection.
  • connection process is described and illustrated below based on several alternative examples.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection recovery request indication sent by the non-access stratum of the terminal, but the access layer of the terminal finds that the base station does not support the UP optimization mode or the access layer context information that is not stored.
  • the access layer of the terminal may mark the NAS layer to request recovery, clear its stored access layer context (if any), and send a connection establishment request message RRCConnectionRequest instead of the connection recovery request message RRCConnectionResumeRequest.
  • the subsequent terminal receives the connection establishment message RRCConnectionSetup sent by the base station, and according to the NAS layer request recovery flag, the access layer of the terminal may send an indication of the RRC connection resume has failed to the non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection recovery request indication sent by the non-access stratum of the terminal, but the access layer of the terminal finds that the base station does not support the UP optimization mode or the stored access layer context.
  • the access layer of the terminal may mark the NAS layer to request recovery, clear its stored access layer context (if any), and send a connection establishment request message RRCConnectionRequest instead of the connection recovery request message RRCConnectionResumeRequest.
  • the subsequent terminal receives the connection establishment message RRCConnectionSetup sent by the base station, and according to the NAS layer request recovery flag, the access layer of the terminal may send a NAS signaling processing indication to the non-access stratum of the terminal, which is used to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal is slowed down.
  • the stored NAS signaling is sent to the access layer of the terminal.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection recovery request indication sent by the non-access stratum of the terminal, but the access layer of the terminal finds that the base station does not support the UP optimization mode or the access layer context information that is not stored.
  • the access layer of the terminal may clear its stored access layer context (if any) and send a connection setup request message RRCConnectionRequest instead of the connection recovery request message RRCConnectionResumeRequest.
  • the subsequent terminal receives the connection establishment message RRCConnectionSetup sent by the base station.
  • the access layer of the terminal may send the NAS signaling processing indication to the non-access stratum. And indicating that the non-access stratum of the terminal sends the buffered NAS signaling to the access layer of the terminal.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection recovery request indication sent by the non-access stratum of the terminal, but the access layer of the terminal finds that the base station does not support the UP optimization mode or the access layer without storage.
  • Context information the access layer of the terminal may clear its stored access stratum context (if any), and send a suspend reservation indication to the non-access stratum of the terminal that the recovery fails and/or takes a second preset value
  • the non-access stratum of the terminal may clear the cached NAS signaling, and immediately initiate a connection establishment after waiting for a period of time. request.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection recovery request indication sent by the non-access stratum of the terminal, but the access layer of the terminal finds that the base station does not support the UP optimization mode or the stored access layer context. Information, the access layer of the terminal may clear its stored access layer context (if any), and send a failure to resume without suspend indication to the non-access stratum to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal enters without suspend.
  • the idle state of the identity implicitly, the non-access stratum of the terminal may clear the buffered NAS signaling and initiate a connection setup request again immediately or after waiting for a period of time.
  • the second indication message or the third indication message may include, but is not limited to, a recovery failure indication, a failure to resume indication.
  • the third indication message may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: failure to resume With suspend, failure to resume without suspend.
  • a connection processing method is provided.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection reject message. If the suspension information is included, the access layer of the terminal may send a failure to resume with suspend to the non-access stratum of the terminal. An indication to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal maintains an idle state with a pending identity. If the suspension information is not included, the access layer of the terminal may send a failure to resume without suspend indication to the non-access stratum of the terminal to instruct the non-access stratum of the terminal to clear the suspended identifier and enter the non-suspended identifier. Idle state.
  • a connection processing method is provided.
  • the access layer of the terminal cannot send a recovery request message because the access detection fails, and the access layer of the terminal can send a failure to resume with suspend to the non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • a connection processing method is provided. When a timer set after transmitting a message 3 (connection recovery request message) times out, the access layer of the terminal may send a failure to the non-access stratum of the terminal. To resume with suspend indication to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal maintains an idle state with a suspend flag.
  • FIG. 3 is a second flowchart of a connection processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 3, the flow includes the following steps:
  • Step S302 Receive a first downlink message and/or a first recovery identifier sent by the first base station.
  • Step S304 sending an uplink message and/or a second restoration identifier to the second base station according to the first restoration identifier.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, applied to a scenario of user plane optimization.
  • user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode For example: user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, being applied to a terminal, such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a smart wearable device, or the like.
  • a terminal such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a smart wearable device, or the like.
  • the foregoing connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, applied to a non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • the uplink message and/or the second recovery identifier are sent to the base station according to the first recovery identifier sent by the base station, so that the operation of the terminal and the base station in the user plane optimization process are consistent, thereby solving the inconsistency of the user plane optimization operation in the related art. problem.
  • the first base station and the second base station may be the same base station, or may be different base stations.
  • the first downlink message may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a first recovery identifier format sent by the first base station.
  • the information used to indicate the first recovery identifier format may include, but is not limited to, information used to indicate the meaning of the information carried in the first restoration identifier and information used to indicate the information carried in the first restoration identifier. Length information.
  • the first downlink message may include, but is not limited to, at least two of the following information: the total length of the first restoration identifier is a first preset length, and the length of the base station information carried in the first restoration identifier is The length of the second preset length and the terminal information carried in the first restoration identifier is a third preset length.
  • the information may be included in the first downlink message according to the first downlink message.
  • the two pieces of the first preset length, the second preset length, and the third preset length are obtained by using two pieces of the preset length, the second preset length, and the third preset length.
  • the uplink message may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a second recovery identity format sent to the second base station.
  • the information used to indicate the second recovery identifier format may include, but is not limited to, information for indicating a meaning of information carried in the second restoration identifier and information for indicating information carried in the second restoration identifier. Length information.
  • the uplink message may include, but is not limited to, at least two of the following information: the total length of the second restoration identifier is a fourth preset length, and the length of the base station information carried in the second restoration identifier is a fifth preset.
  • the length of the terminal information carried in the length and the second restoration identifier is a sixth preset length.
  • the fourth preset length included in the uplink message may be, but is not limited to, the first preset length.
  • the two pieces of information of the five preset lengths and the sixth preset length acquire the third information of the fourth preset length, the fifth preset length, and the sixth preset length.
  • the second recovery identifier may be configured and sent by: in the base station information whose length is the second preset length in the first restoration identifier, the length is intercepted according to the first predetermined rule.
  • the information of the fifth preset length is used as the base station information in the second restoration identifier; and the terminal information of the third preset length in the first restoration identifier is intercepted according to the second predetermined rule to be the sixth preset length.
  • the information is used as the terminal information in the second restoration identifier to obtain the second restoration identifier, and the second restoration identifier is sent to the second base station.
  • the format of the second recovery flag may be indicated by the first base station or the second base station, for example, before the step S304, the second downlink message sent by the first base station or the second base station may be received, where the second downlink is The message carries information indicating the format of the second resume identity.
  • the second downlink message may include, but is not limited to, at least two of the following information: a total length of the second restoration identifier is a seventh preset length, and a length of the base station information carried in the second restoration identifier is an eighth The length of the preset information and the terminal information carried in the second restoration identifier is a ninth preset length.
  • the second pre-rec the second pre-rec
  • the two information of the length, the eighth preset length, and the ninth preset length are used to obtain the third information of the seventh preset length, the eighth preset length, and the ninth preset length.
  • the second recovery identifier may be configured and sent to the base station by: intercepting the length from the base station information of the second preset length in the first recovery identifier according to the third predetermined rule
  • the information of the length is used as the information of the base station in the second restoration identifier.
  • the information of the terminal having the length of the third preset length in the first restoration identifier is used as the second information according to the fourth predetermined rule. Restoring the terminal information in the identifier to obtain a second restoration identifier; sending the second restoration identifier to the second base station.
  • the second downlink message may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: a system message, a message for allocating a resource required for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message, and a resource allocated for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message.
  • a system message a message for allocating a resource required for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message
  • a resource allocated for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message a resource allocated for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message.
  • the information indicating the second recovery identifier format includes one of the following: the information indicating the format of the second resume identifier is first indication information, where, in a case where the first indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, An indication information is used to indicate one of the following: the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier as the second restoration identifier, and the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate one of the following: intercepting the lowest digit from the first recovery identifier, the eleventh preset length bit is used as the first And the second recovery identifier is obtained by the second recovery identifier from the first recovery identifier, and the information indicating the second recovery identifier format is the second indication information, where the second indication information is In the case of the first predetermined value, the second indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is in the first format; and in the case that the second indication information is in the second predetermined value, the second indication information is used. Indicating that the second identification restore a second format using a first format or not, wherein the first and second formats predefined format.
  • the information indicating the second resume identification format includes the following: the information is 1 bit of indication information.
  • the indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier as the second restoration identifier, or that the highest-order tenth preset length is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the bit is filled in with the second recovery identifier.
  • the indication takes a second predetermined value, indicating that the lowest thirteenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier as the second restoration identifier, or that the lowest digit eleventh preset is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the length bit is filled in with the second recovery identifier.
  • the information is 1 bit of indication information.
  • the indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the second restoration identifier is in the first format.
  • the indication takes a second predetermined value, indicating that the second restoration identifier is in the second format, or is not in the first format.
  • the first format and the second format are predefined formats.
  • the information indicating the second recovery identifier format includes: the information indicating the format of the second resume identifier is the third indication information, where the third indication information is the first predetermined value, the third indication information is used. Instructing to intercept the highest tenth preset length bit from the first recovery identifier The second restoration identifier is used, or the third indication information is used to indicate that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier, and the second restoration identifier is filled in; the third indication information is used to obtain the second predetermined value.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the lowest thirteenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier is used as the second recovery identifier, or the third indication information is used to indicate that the lowest interception is performed from the first recovery identifier.
  • the eleventh preset length bit is filled in the second recovery identifier; and in the case that the third indication information is used to take the value as the third predetermined value, the third indication information is used to indicate that the middle tenth is intercepted from the first recovery identifier.
  • the second preset length bit is used as the second resume identifier, or the third indication information is used to indicate that the second twelfth preset length bit is intercepted from the first resume identifier and the second resume identifier is filled in; or the second resume identifier format is indicated.
  • the information is the fourth indication information. If the fourth indication information is the first predetermined value, the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is the first format, and the fourth indication information is used in the fourth indication information.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is the second format; and in the case that the fourth indication information is the third preset value, the fourth indication information is used to indicate
  • the second restoration identifier is a third format, wherein the first format, the second format, and the third format are predefined formats.
  • the information indicating the second recovery identifier format includes the following: the information is 2 bits of indication information, and the indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the highest digit tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier. Used as the second recovery identifier, or indicates that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier and filled in the second recovery identifier.
  • the indication takes a second predetermined value, indicating that the lowest thirteenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier as the second restoration identifier, or that the lowest digit eleventh preset is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the length bit is filled in with the second recovery identifier.
  • the indication information takes a value of a third predetermined value, indicating that the middle twelfth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier as the second restoration identifier, or the middle twelfth preset length is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the bit is filled in with the second recovery identifier.
  • the information is 2 bits of indication information, and the indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the second restoration identifier is the first format.
  • the indication takes a second predetermined value, indicating that the second recovery identifier is in the second format.
  • the indication takes a third predetermined value, indicating that the second recovery identifier is in the third format.
  • the first format, the second format, and the third format are predefined formats.
  • the second downlink message includes one of the following indication information: used to indicate recovery from the first And indicating, in the identifier, a part of the indication information used as the second restoration identifier, and the indication information for indicating that the preset partial information is intercepted from the first restoration identifier and filling in the second restoration identifier.
  • the second downlink message includes the following indication information: the indication information indicates that a part of the first restoration identifier is intercepted for use as the second restoration identifier, or that a part of the first restoration identifier is intercepted for filling in the second restoration identifier.
  • the second downlink message includes: fifth indication information, or sixth indication information; where, in the case that the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, the fifth indication information or The sixth indication information is used to indicate that the highest digit tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier is used as the second restoration identifier, or is used to indicate that the highest digit tenth preset length bit is filled in from the first restoration identifier. a second recovery identifier; where the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information takes a second predetermined value, the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the lowest digit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the preset length bit is used as the second restoration identifier, or is used to indicate that the lowest digit 11th preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier, and the second restoration identifier is filled in; or, the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information If the value is the first predetermined value, the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is the first format, and the fifth indication information or the sixth indication is The fifth indication information or the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is in the second format, or is not in the first format, where the first format and the second format are used. For a predefined format.
  • the second downlink message includes the following indication information: the indication information is 1 bit of indication information.
  • the indication information is 2 bits of indication information.
  • the indication takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier as the second restoration identifier, or that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier. Fill in the second recovery logo.
  • the indication takes a second predetermined value, indicating that the lowest thirteenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier as the second restoration identifier, or that the lowest digit eleventh preset is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the length bit is filled in with the second recovery identifier.
  • the indication information is 1 bit of indication information.
  • the indication information is 2 bits of indication information.
  • the indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the second restoration identifier is in the first format.
  • the indication takes a second predetermined value, indicating that the second restoration identifier is in the second format, or is not in the first format.
  • the first One format and the second format are predefined formats.
  • the information used to indicate the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth recovery identifier encoding rule includes at least one of the following: an indication information used to indicate whether the fourth recovery identifier is a format that reflects the truncated recovery identifier, The indication information indicating that the third recovery identifier is filled in the fourth recovery identifier is used to indicate the indication information that the preset part of the fourth restoration identifier is valid.
  • the information for indicating the fourth recovery identification format and/or the fourth restoration identification coding rule includes at least one of the following: the information indicates whether the fourth restoration identification is in a format embodying the truncated recovery identification. Or, indicating that the third recovery identifier is filled in the fourth recovery identifier, or indicating that a part of the fourth recovery identifier is valid.
  • the information used to indicate the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth recovery identifier encoding rule includes at least one of the following: information for indicating the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth restoration identifier encoding rule is The seventh indication information, or the information used to indicate the fourth restoration identifier format and/or the fourth restoration identifier encoding rule, is the eighth indication information; wherein the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information takes a value as a first predetermined value.
  • the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the fourth restoration identifier is in the format of the full recovery identifier, or is not in the format of the truncated recovery identifier; or the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is the first value.
  • the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the third recovery identifier is filled in the highest tenth pre-revision of the fourth restoration identifier.
  • the length bit is used to indicate that the highest tenth preset length bit in the fourth restoration identifier is valid; in the case that the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information takes a second predetermined value, the seventh indication information or the first
  • the eight indication information is used to indicate that the third restoration identifier is filled in the lowest digit eleventh preset length bit of the fourth restoration identifier, or is used to indicate that the lowest digit eleventh preset length bit in the fourth restoration identifier is valid.
  • the information for indicating the fourth restoration identification format and/or the fourth restoration identification coding rule includes at least one of the following: the information is 1 bit of indication information. Alternatively, the information is 2 bits of indication information. The value of the information is a first predetermined value, indicating that the fourth recovery identifier is a truncation The format of the recovery identifier is set to a second predetermined value, indicating that the fourth recovery identifier is in the format of the full recovery identifier, or is not in the format of the truncated recovery identifier.
  • the value of the information is a first predetermined value, indicating that the third recovery identifier is filled in the highest tenth preset length bit of the fourth restoration identifier, or the highest tenth preset length bit in the fourth restoration identifier is indicated. effective.
  • the value of the information is a second predetermined value, indicating that the third recovery identifier is filled in the lowest thirteenth preset length bit of the fourth recovery identifier, or that the lowest thirteenth preset length bit in the fourth recovery identifier is indicated. effective.
  • the format of the truncated recovery identifier is a predefined format; or the format of the truncated recovery identifier is that the first preset part bit is valid, and the second preset part bit is a padding bit, wherein the truncated recovery identifier is embodied
  • the length of the message is 40 bits.
  • the format of the truncated recovery identifier is a predefined format, or, for only some of the bits are valid, and the other bits are padding bits, and the length of the truncated recovery identification information can be 40 bits.
  • the tenth preset length, the eleventh preset length, and the twelfth preset length may be the same or different.
  • the tenth preset length, the eleventh preset length, and the twelfth preset length are determined by one of the following manners: predefined; indicated by a predetermined manner, wherein the predetermined manner includes one of: a system message, Downstream message.
  • the tenth preset length and/or the eleventh preset length and/or the twelfth preset length may be predefined or may be indicated by other manners, including but not limited to: system messages, other downlink messages.
  • the indication information is 1 bit
  • the first predetermined value is 1 or 0, and the second and predetermined values are 0 or 1.
  • the source base station sends a full recovery identifier with a length of 40 bits to the terminal in the suspending process, and the target base station instructs the terminal to report a truncated recovery identifier with a length of 24 bits through the system message.
  • the target base station sends a 1-bit indication to the terminal through the system message, when the indication takes a value of 1 (or 0), the terminal intercepts the least significant 24 bits from the full recovery identifier as the truncation recovery identifier. When the indication takes a value of 0 (or 1), the terminal intercepts the highest bit 24 bits from the full recovery identifier for use as a truncation. Restore the logo.
  • the source base station sends a full recovery identifier with a length of 40 bits to the terminal in the suspending process, and the target base station instructs the terminal to report the truncated recovery identifier with a length of 24 bits through the system message.
  • the target base station sends a 2-bit indication to the terminal through the system message.
  • the indication value is 00
  • the terminal intercepts the lowest bit 24 bits from the full recovery identifier as the truncation recovery identifier.
  • the indication value is 01
  • the terminal is completely The highest bit 24 bits are intercepted in the recovery flag for use as a truncation recovery indicator.
  • the indication takes a value of 10
  • the terminal intercepts the middle 24 bits from the full recovery identifier as a truncation recovery identifier.
  • the target base station receives the 24-bit truncation recovery identifier sent by the terminal, and fills in the X2 interface to obtain the full recovery identifier carried in the terminal context information request message, and carries the 1-bit indication.
  • the indication takes a value of 1 (or 0), indicating that the recovery identifier is a full recovery identifier of length 40 bits that is valid for all bits.
  • the value of the indication is 0 (or 1), indicating that the recovery identifier is in a predefined format, only part of the bits are valid, and other bits are padding bits, and the length of the truncated recovery identification information is 40 bits.
  • Example 4 The target base station receives the 24-bit truncation recovery identifier sent by the terminal, and fills in the X2 interface to obtain the complete recovery identifier carried in the terminal context information request message, and carries the 1-bit indication.
  • the indication takes a value of 1 (or 0) indicating that the truncated recovery identifier is filled with the upper 24 bits of the full recovery identifier, or the upper 24 bits indicating the full recovery identification is valid.
  • the indication takes a value of 0 (or 1) indicating that the truncated recovery identifier is filled in the lower 24 bits of the full recovery flag, or the lower 24 bits indicating the full recovery flag are valid. And send the message to one or more source base stations.
  • the target base station receives the 24-bit truncation recovery identifier sent by the terminal, and fills in the X2 interface to obtain the full recovery identifier carried in the terminal context information request message, and carries the 2-bit indication.
  • the indication takes a value of 00, indicating that the truncated recovery identifier is filled with the upper 24 bits of the full recovery identifier, or the upper 24 bits indicating the full recovery identifier is valid.
  • the indication takes the value 01. Indicates that the truncated recovery identifier is filled in the lower 24 bits of the full recovery flag, or the lower 24 bits indicating the full recovery flag is valid.
  • the indication takes a value of 10, indicating that the truncated recovery identifier is filled in the middle 24 bits of the full recovery identifier carried in the X2 interface terminal context extraction message, or the middle 24 bits indicating the full recovery identifier is valid. And send the message to one or more source base stations.
  • the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, the fourth indication information, the fifth indication information, the sixth indication information, the seventh indication information, and/or the eighth indication information comprise one of the following forms
  • the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, the fourth indication information, the fifth indication information, the sixth indication information, the seventh indication information, and/or the eighth indication information are information of 1 bit, wherein The information of 1 bit includes one of the following: information of a Boolean type, information of an enumerated type; first indication information, second indication information, third indication information, fourth indication information, fifth indication information, and sixth indication
  • the information, the seventh indication information, and/or the eighth indication information are information of a plurality of bits, wherein the information of the plurality of bits includes: information of an enumerated type.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart 3 of a connection processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 4, the flow includes the following steps:
  • Step S402 the indication information of the access layer transmission of the terminal is obtained, where the indication information is used to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal performs a predetermined operation;
  • Step S404 performing a predetermined operation according to the instruction of the indication information.
  • connection processing device may be, but is not limited to, applied to a user plane optimized scenario.
  • user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode For example: user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode.
  • connection processing device may be, but not limited to, applied to a terminal, such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a smart wearable device, or the like.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, applied to a non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • the foregoing solution can perform a predetermined operation according to the indication of the access layer of the terminal, so that the access layer of the terminal is consistent with the operation of the non-access stratum, thereby solving the problem that the user plane optimization operation is inconsistent in the related art.
  • the indication type of the indication information may be acquired, where the indication type includes at least one of the following: a suspend reservation indication, a narrowband IoT terminal type indication, a NAS signaling processing indication, and a connection recovery has failed.
  • the indication the connection has been suspended, the base station supports the CP optimization indication, and the base station supports the UP optimization indication.
  • the predetermined operation indicated by the suspend retention indication is performed according to the suspend retention indication, wherein the suspend retention indication is used to indicate one of: retaining the suspending identity, clearing the suspending identity
  • the non-access stratum is an idle state with a suspended identifier
  • the non-access stratum is an idle state without a suspended identifier
  • enters an idle state with a suspended identifier enters an idle state without a suspended identifier
  • maintains In the idle state with the pending flag leave the idle state with the pending flag.
  • the terminal type of the terminal is acquired according to the indication of the narrowband IoT terminal type indication.
  • the buffered NAS signaling is sent to the access layer of the terminal according to the indication of the NAS signaling processing indication, or the cached NAS is not indicated according to the indication of the NAS signaling processing indication. Signaling is sent to the access layer of the terminal.
  • the buffered NAS signaling is sent to the access layer of the terminal according to the indication that the connection recovery has failed indication, and enters the connection state.
  • the idle state with the pending identifier is entered according to the indication that the connection has been suspended.
  • the indication type includes the base station supporting the CP optimization indication
  • the indication type includes the base station supporting the UP optimization indication
  • step S404 at least one of the following may be included:
  • the CP optimization scheme is recommended in the NAS signaling for attachment; or the base station supports the CP optimization indication as the eighth preset. In the case of values, the CP optimization scheme is not recommended in NAS signaling for attachment;
  • the UP optimization scheme is recommended in the NAS signaling for attachment; or the value of the UP optimization indication supported by the base station is the tenth preset. In the case of values, the UP optimization scheme is not recommended in NAS signaling for attachment.
  • step S404 if the non-access stratum is currently in an idle state without a suspend identifier, and the base station supports the CP optimization indication as a seventh preset value, the NAS signaling is sent. Or the NAS signaling III is provided to the access layer and requires the access layer to initially establish a connection; if the base station supports the CP optimization indication as the eighth preset value, the NAS signaling second or the NAS signaling three is sent to the access. The layer also requires the access layer to initially establish a connection.
  • step S404 if the non-access stratum is currently in an idle state with a suspend identifier, and the base station supports the UP optimization indication as a ninth preset value, the cached NAS signaling is Or the NAS signaling III requires the access layer to resume the connection; if the base station supports the UP optimization indication to be the tenth preset value, the NAS signaling second or the NAS signaling is sent to the access layer and requires access.
  • the layer initially establishes a connection.
  • the NAS signaling may be, but is not limited to, requesting NAS signaling for the data service.
  • the foregoing NSA signaling 2 may be, but not limited to, requesting NAS signaling for the service.
  • the foregoing NAS signaling 3 may be, but is not limited to, tracking area update. NAS signaling.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a NAS layer determination method before sending an attach message according to an alternative example of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. Including the following steps:
  • step S502 the terminal starts up or initiates tracking area update.
  • Step S504 does the terminal support CIoT optimization? If the result of the determination is yes, then step S506 is performed; otherwise, step S534 is performed.
  • Step S506 does the terminal support the CP mode? If the result of the determination is YES, step S508 is performed; otherwise, step S526 is performed.
  • Step S508 does the base station support the CP mode? If the result of the determination is yes, then step S510 is performed; otherwise, step S516 is performed.
  • Step S510 does the terminal support the UP mode? If the result of the determination is yes, then step S512 is performed; otherwise, step S514 is performed.
  • step S512 the NAS initiates an attach or tracking area update process, and the NAS signaling indicates that the CP mode in the CIoT optimization is supported, and the CI mode optimized for the CIoT is supported, and the CP mode is recommended.
  • step S514 the NAS initiates an attach or tracking area update process, and the NAS signaling indicates that the CP mode in the CIoT optimization is supported, and the CI mode optimized by the CIoT is not supported, and the CP mode is recommended.
  • Step S516, does the terminal support the UP mode? If the result of the determination is yes, then step S518 is performed; otherwise, step S524 is performed.
  • Step S518, does the base station support the UP mode? If the result of the determination is yes, then step S520 is performed; otherwise, step S522 is performed.
  • step S520 the NAS initiates an attach procedure or a tracking area update process, and the NAS signaling indicates that the CP mode in the CIoT optimization is supported, and the CI mode optimized for the CIoT is supported, and the UP mode is recommended.
  • step S524 the NAS initiates an attach procedure or a tracking area update procedure, and the NAS signaling indicates that the CP mode in the CIoT optimization is supported, and the CI mode is not supported by the CIoT optimization, and there is no recommended mode (the base station does not support the CP mode supported by the terminal only).
  • Step S526, does the terminal support the UP mode? If the result of the determination is YES, step S528 is performed; otherwise, step S534 is performed.
  • Step S528, does the base station support the UP mode? If the result of the determination is yes, then step S530 is performed; otherwise, step S532 is performed.
  • step S530 the NAS initiates an attach procedure or a tracking area update process, and the NAS signaling indicates that the CP mode in the CIoT optimization is not supported, and the UP mode of the CIoT optimization is supported, and the UP mode is recommended.
  • step S532 the NAS initiates an attach procedure or a tracking area update procedure, and the NAS signaling indicates that the CP mode in the CIoT optimization is not supported, and the CIoT optimized UP mode is supported, and there is no recommended mode (the base station does not support the UP mode supported by the terminal only).
  • step S534 the NAS initiates an attach or tracking area update process, and the NAS signaling indicates that the CI or the UP mode is not supported by the CIoT optimization.
  • the NAS layer determining method after receiving the attach accept message is provided, and the terminal NAS layer combines the information in the attach accept message sent by the MME according to its own capabilities and recommendations (the following four cases). Determine how you use it.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart 1 of a NAS layer determining method after receiving an attach accept message according to an optional example of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 6, the process includes the following steps:
  • step S602 when the terminal NAS initiates an attach or tracking area update process, it indicates that the CP mode in the CIoT optimization is supported, the UP mode of the CIoT optimization is supported, and the CP mode is recommended.
  • Step S604 does the MME support the CP mode? If the result of the determination is yes, then step S612 is performed; otherwise, step S606 is performed.
  • Step S606 does the MME support the UP mode? If the result of the determination is yes, then step S610 is performed; otherwise, step S608 is performed.
  • step S608 it is determined that the CIoT optimization is not adopted.
  • step S610 it is determined that the UP mode is adopted.
  • step S612 it is determined that the CP mode is adopted.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart 2 of the NAS layer determining method after receiving the attach accept message according to an optional example of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 7, the flow includes the following steps:
  • step S702 when the NAS initiates the attach or tracking area update process, it indicates that the CP mode in the CIoT optimization is supported, the UP mode of the CIoT optimization is not supported, and the CP mode is recommended.
  • Step S704 does the MME support the CP mode? If the result of the determination is YES, step S708 is performed; otherwise, step S706 is performed.
  • step S706 it is determined that the CIoT optimization is not adopted.
  • step S708 it is determined that the CP mode is adopted.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart 3 of the NAS layer determining method after receiving the attach accept message according to an optional example of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 8, the flow includes the following steps:
  • step S802 when the NAS initiates the attach process or the tracking area update process, the CP mode in the CIoT optimization is not supported, and the UP mode of the CIoT optimization is supported, and the UP mode is recommended.
  • Step S804 does the MME support the UP mode? If the result of the determination is yes, then step S808 is performed; otherwise, step S806 is performed.
  • step S806 it is determined that the CIoT optimization is not adopted.
  • step S808 it is determined that the UP mode is adopted.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart 4 of a NAS layer determining method after receiving an attach accept message according to an optional example of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 9, the flow includes the following steps:
  • step S902 when the NAS initiates an attach or tracking area update process, any method cannot be recommended because the base station does not support.
  • Step S904 does the MME support the CP mode or support the UP mode? If the result of the determination is YES, step S908 is performed; otherwise, step S906 is performed.
  • step S906 it is determined that the CIoT optimization is not adopted.
  • step S908 according to the capability matching between the terminal and the MME, it is determined that the CP mode or the UP mode is adopted.
  • a NAS layer determination method prior to transmission of data or signaling is provided, and the terminal NAS layer sends different indications to the AS layer when there is data or signaling transmission according to the manner in which the terminal is determined to be used.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart 1 of a NAS layer determination method before data or signaling to be transmitted according to an optional example of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 10, the flow includes the following steps:
  • step S1002 the NAS selects the CP optimization mode.
  • Step S1004 is it currently in an idle state with a pending identifier? If the result of the determination is yes, then step S1006 is performed; otherwise, step S1008 is performed.
  • step S1006 the pending identifier is cleared.
  • Step S1008 Does the base station support the CP mode? If the result of the determination is YES, step S1010 is performed; otherwise, step S1012 is performed.
  • step S1010 the data service request NAS signaling is triggered and sent to the AS.
  • step S1012 the service request NAS signaling is triggered and sent to the AS.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart 2 of a NAS layer determination method before data or signaling to be transmitted according to an optional example of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 11, the flow includes the following steps:
  • step S1102 the NAS selects the UP optimization mode.
  • Step S1104 is it currently in an idle state with a pending identifier? If the result of the determination is YES, step S1106 is performed; otherwise, step S1110 is performed.
  • Step S1106 Does the base station support the UP mode? If the result of the determination is YES, step S1108 is performed; otherwise, step S1110 is performed.
  • Step S1108 sending a recovery request to the AS and buffering the NAS signaling.
  • step S1110 the service request NAS signaling is triggered and sent to the AS.
  • step S404 at least one of the following cases may be included, but not limited to:
  • the predetermined operation is performed according to the indication of the pending reservation indication, wherein the predetermined operation includes one of the following: the reserved pending identifier, the non-connected
  • the inbound layer is an idle state with a pending identifier, enters an idle state with a pending identifier, and is maintained in an idle state with a pending identifier;
  • the pending hold indication is the second preset value
  • the non-access stratum is an idle state without a suspended identifier
  • the idle state without the suspended identifier is entered, leaving with Suspend the idle state of the logo
  • the terminal type of the acquiring terminal is a narrowband Internet of Things terminal
  • the terminal type of the acquiring terminal is a non-narrowband Internet of Things terminal
  • the buffered NAS signaling is sent to the access layer of the terminal;
  • the buffered NAS signaling is not sent to the access layer of the terminal.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart 4 of a connection processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 12, the flow includes the following steps:
  • Step S1202 Send a first downlink message and/or a first recovery identifier to the terminal.
  • the first recovery identifier is used by the terminal to send an uplink message and/or a second recovery identifier according to the first restoration identifier.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, applied to a scenario of user plane optimization.
  • user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode For example: user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode.
  • connection processing method may be applicable to, but not limited to, a base station, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a home base station, and the like.
  • the first downlink message and/or the first recovery identifier are sent to the terminal by using the foregoing steps, and the uplink message and/or the second recovery identifier sent by the terminal according to the first recovery identifier is received, and thus, the foregoing solution is adopted.
  • Receiving, by the terminal, the second recovery identifier sent according to the first recovery identifier The operation of the terminal and the base station in the user plane optimization process is consistent, thereby solving the problem that the user plane optimization operation is inconsistent in the related art.
  • the terminal may send an uplink message and/or a second restoration identifier to the base station that sends the first restoration identifier, or may send the information to other base stations.
  • the uplink message and/or the second recovery identifier sent by the terminal according to the first restoration identifier may be received.
  • the base station that receives the uplink message and/or the second recovery identifier sent by the terminal according to the first restoration identifier may be the base station that sends the first restoration identifier, or may be another base station.
  • the first downlink message may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a first resume identity format sent to the terminal.
  • the information used to indicate the first recovery identifier format may include, but is not limited to, information used to indicate the meaning of the information carried in the first restoration identifier and information used to indicate the information carried in the first restoration identifier. Length information.
  • the first downlink message may include, but is not limited to, at least two of the following information: the total length of the first restoration identifier is a first preset length, and the length of the base station information carried in the first restoration identifier is The length of the second preset length and the terminal information carried in the first restoration identifier is a third preset length.
  • the information may be included in the first downlink message according to the first downlink message.
  • the two pieces of the first preset length, the second preset length, and the third preset length are obtained by using two pieces of the preset length, the second preset length, and the third preset length.
  • the uplink message may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a second recovery identifier format sent by the terminal.
  • the second downlink message may be sent to the terminal, where the second downlink message carries information for indicating the second recovery identifier format.
  • the base station that sends the second downlink message to the terminal may be the base station that sends the first recovery identifier, or may be another base station.
  • the second downlink message may include, but is not limited to, at least two of the following information: a total length of the second restoration identifier is a seventh preset length, and a length of the base station information carried in the second restoration identifier is an eighth The length of the preset information and the terminal information carried in the second restoration identifier is a ninth preset length.
  • the second pre-rec the second pre-rec
  • the two information of the length, the eighth preset length, and the ninth preset length are used to obtain the third information of the seventh preset length, the eighth preset length, and the ninth preset length.
  • the second downlink message may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: a system message, a message for allocating a resource required for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message, and a resource allocated for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message.
  • a system message a message for allocating a resource required for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message
  • a resource allocated for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message a resource allocated for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message.
  • connection processing device is also provided, which is used to implement the above-mentioned embodiments and preferred embodiments, and has not been described again.
  • module may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function.
  • apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
  • FIG. 13 is a structural block diagram 1 of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 13, the apparatus includes:
  • the first receiving module 132 is configured to receive a connection request, where the connection request is used to request to establish or resume a connection with the base station;
  • the indication module 134 is coupled to the first receiving module 132, and is configured to instruct the non-access stratum of the terminal to perform a predetermined operation according to the first connection result corresponding to the obtained connection request.
  • connection processing device may be, but is not limited to, applied to a user plane optimized scenario.
  • user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode For example: user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode.
  • connection processing device may be, but not limited to, applied to a terminal, such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a smart wearable device, or the like.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, applied to an access layer of the terminal.
  • the first receiving module receives the connection request, where the connection request is used to request to establish or restore a connection with the base station, and the indication module indicates the non-access of the terminal according to the first connection result corresponding to the obtained connection request.
  • the layer performs a predetermined operation, and thus, it can be seen that, by using the foregoing solution, the non-access stratum of the terminal can be instructed to perform a predetermined operation according to the first connection result of the connection request, so that the access layer of the terminal is consistent with the operation of the non-access stratum, thereby solving The problem of inconsistent user plane optimization operations in the related art.
  • the indicating module, according to the obtained first connection result, instructing the non-access stratum of the terminal to perform the predetermined operation includes one of the following manners:
  • the one or more first indication messages carrying the indication information are sent to the non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • Manner 2 Send one or more first indication messages carrying the indication information and a second indication message indicating the second connection result to the non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • Manner 3 Send a third indication message indicating the second connection result and carrying the indication information to the non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • the indication information in the foregoing three manners is used to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal performs a predetermined operation.
  • the indication information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following:
  • Indication 1 suspends the reservation indication, wherein the suspend reservation indication is used to indicate one of the following: the non-access stratum retains the suspend identifier, the non-access stratum clear suspend identifier, and the non-access stratum is with the suspend identifier
  • the idle state the non-access stratum is an idle state without a suspend identifier
  • the non-access stratum enters an idle state with a suspend identifier
  • the non-access stratum enters an idle state without a suspend identifier
  • the non-access stratum maintains In the idle state with the pending identity
  • the non-access stratum leaves the idle state with the pending identity.
  • Indication 2 a narrowband IoT terminal type indication, wherein the narrowband IoT terminal type indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum terminal is a narrowband IoT terminal, or the narrowband IoT terminal type refers to The indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum terminal is a non-narrowband IoT terminal.
  • Indication 3 NAS signaling processing indication, where the NAS signaling processing indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum sends the buffered NAS signaling to the access layer of the terminal, or the NAS signaling processing indication is used to indicate non-access The layer does not send the buffered NAS signaling to the access layer of the terminal.
  • Indication 4 The connection recovery has failed indication, wherein the connection recovery has failed indication to indicate that the non-access stratum sends the buffered NAS signaling to the access layer of the terminal, and indicates that the non-access stratum enters the connected state.
  • Indication 5 The connection has been suspended, wherein the connection has been suspended to indicate that the non-access stratum enters an idle state with a pending identity.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the re-establishment rejection message and the re-establishment rejection message carries the suspension information, and the access layer of the terminal may send the connection to the non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • An indication is given to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal enters an idle state with a suspend flag.
  • the base station supports the CP optimization indication, wherein the base station supports the CP optimization indication for indicating whether the base station supports the CP optimization scheme, and whether the base station supports the CP optimization scheme may be, but is not limited to, being expressed as: determining to be used for attaching and/or tracking area update. Whether the CP optimization scheme is recommended in the NAS signaling, or whether the CP optimization scheme is adopted when transmitting data and/or signaling.
  • the base station supports an UP optimization indication, where the base station supports the UP optimization indication for indicating whether the base station supports the UP optimization scheme, and whether the base station supports the UP optimization scheme may be, but is not limited to, being expressed as: determining to be used for attaching and/or tracking area update. Whether the UP optimization scheme is recommended in the NAS signaling, or whether the UP optimization scheme is adopted when transmitting data and/or signaling.
  • the pending reservation indication may be, but is not limited to, indicating one of the following: the non-access layer retains the pending identifier, and the non-access layer For the idle state with the pending identity, the non-access stratum enters the idle state with the pending identity, and the non-access stratum maintains the idle state with the pending identity.
  • the pending reservation indication may be, but is not limited to, one of the following: the non-access layer clears the pending identifier, and the non-access layer does not. The idle state of the logo, the non-access stratum enters without hanging The idle state of the identity, the non-access stratum leaves the idle state with the pending identity.
  • the pending reservation indication may be, but is not limited to, a 1-bit value; the first preset value may be, but is not limited to, 1, or failure to resume with suspend; the second preset value may be, but is not limited to, 0, or failure To resume without suspend.
  • the first connection result may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: the access layer of the terminal cannot send the connection recovery request message because the Access Barring is not detected, the access layer of the terminal receives the connection reject message, and the connection reject message
  • the access layer carrying the suspension information, the access layer of the terminal receives the connection reject message, and the connection rejection message does not carry the suspension information
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the re-establishment rejection message
  • the re-establishment rejection message carries the suspension information
  • the terminal The access layer started by the access layer after the message 3Msg3 is sent out, and the access layer of the terminal cannot send the connection recovery request message because the current base station does not support the UP optimization mode, and the access layer of the terminal is not stored because of the access layer.
  • the connection recovery request message could not be sent with context information.
  • the narrowband IoT terminal type indication may be, but is not limited to, indicating that the non-access stratum terminal is a narrowband IoT terminal.
  • the narrowband IoT terminal type indication may be, but is not limited to, indicating that the non-access layer terminal is a non-narrowband Internet of Things terminal.
  • the narrowband IoT terminal type indication may be, but is not limited to, a 1-bit value; the third preset value may be, but is not limited to, 1; the fourth preset value may be, but is not limited to, 0.
  • the first connection result may include, but is not limited to, including: the access layer of the terminal transmits an extended waiting timer to the non-access stratum after receiving the connection reject message.
  • the NAS signaling processing indication may be, but is not limited to, indicating that the non-access stratum sends the buffered NAS signaling to the terminal.
  • the inbound layer, and/or the NAS signaling processing indication is used to indicate that the non-access stratum enters the connected state.
  • the NAS signaling processing indication may be, but is not limited to, an access layer for indicating that the non-access stratum does not send the buffered NAS signaling to the terminal.
  • the NAS signaling processing indication may be, but is not limited to, a 1-bit value; the fifth preset value may be, but is not limited to, 1; the sixth preset value may be, but is not limited to, 0.
  • the first connection result may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: the access layer of the terminal cannot send the connection recovery request message because the current base station does not support the UP optimization mode, and the access layer of the terminal is not stored. Incoming layer context information cannot send a connection recovery request message.
  • the apparatus further includes: a recording module coupled to the first receiving module 132, configured to record the connection request as a connection establishment request or a connection recovery request according to the request type of the connection request.
  • a recording module coupled to the first receiving module 132, configured to record the connection request as a connection establishment request or a connection recovery request according to the request type of the connection request.
  • the second connection result may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: a connection recovery failure, a failure to resume the RRC connection, and a connection establishment failure, a failure to establish the RRC connection.
  • connection process is described and illustrated below based on several alternative examples.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection recovery request indication sent by the non-access stratum of the terminal, but the access layer of the terminal finds that the base station does not support the UP optimization mode or the access layer context information that is not stored.
  • the access layer of the terminal may mark the NAS layer to request recovery, clear its stored access layer context (if any), and send a connection establishment request message RRCConnectionRequest instead of the connection recovery request message RRCConnectionResumeRequest.
  • the subsequent terminal receives the connection establishment message RRCConnectionSetup sent by the base station, and according to the NAS layer request recovery flag, the access layer of the terminal may send an indication of the RRC connection resume has failed to the non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection recovery request indication sent by the non-access stratum of the terminal, but the access layer of the terminal finds that the base station does not support the UP optimization mode or the stored access layer context.
  • the access layer of the terminal may mark the NAS layer to request recovery, clear its stored access layer context (if any), and send a connection establishment request message RRCConnectionRequest instead of the connection recovery request message RRCConnectionResumeRequest.
  • the subsequent terminal receives the connection establishment message sent by the base station.
  • the access layer of the terminal may send a NAS signaling processing indication to the non-access stratum of the terminal, and is used to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal sends the buffered NAS signaling to the terminal.
  • a NAS signaling processing indication to the non-access stratum of the terminal, and is used to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal sends the buffered NAS signaling to the terminal.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection recovery request indication sent by the non-access stratum of the terminal, but the access layer of the terminal finds that the base station does not support the UP optimization mode or the access layer context information that is not stored.
  • the access layer of the terminal may clear its stored access layer context (if any) and send a connection setup request message RRCConnectionRequest instead of the connection recovery request message RRCConnectionResumeRequest.
  • the subsequent terminal receives the connection establishment message RRCConnectionSetup sent by the base station.
  • the access layer of the terminal may send the NAS signaling processing indication to the non-access stratum. And indicating that the non-access stratum of the terminal sends the buffered NAS signaling to the access layer of the terminal.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection recovery request indication sent by the non-access stratum of the terminal, but the access layer of the terminal finds that the base station does not support the UP optimization mode or the access layer without storage.
  • Context information the access layer of the terminal may clear its stored access stratum context (if any), and send a suspend reservation indication to the non-access stratum of the terminal that the recovery fails and/or takes a second preset value
  • the non-access stratum of the terminal may clear the cached NAS signaling, and immediately initiate a connection establishment after waiting for a period of time. request.
  • the access layer of the terminal receives the connection recovery request indication sent by the non-access stratum of the terminal, but the access layer of the terminal finds that the base station does not support the UP optimization mode or the stored access layer context. Information, the access layer of the terminal may clear its stored access layer context (if any), and send a failure to resume without suspend indication to the non-access stratum to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal enters without suspend.
  • the idle state of the identity implicitly, the non-access stratum of the terminal may clear the buffered NAS signaling and initiate a connection setup request again immediately or after waiting for a period of time.
  • the second indication message or the third indication message may include, but is not limited to, a recovery loss. Failure instruction, failure to resume indication.
  • the third indication message may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: failure to resume with suspend, failure to resume without suspend.
  • each of the above modules may be implemented by software or hardware.
  • the foregoing may be implemented by, but not limited to, the foregoing modules are all located in the same processor; or, the modules are located in multiple In the processor.
  • connection processing device is also provided, which is used to implement the above-mentioned embodiments and preferred embodiments, and has not been described again.
  • module may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function.
  • apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
  • FIG. 14 is a structural block diagram 2 of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 14, the apparatus includes:
  • the second receiving module 142 is configured to receive the first downlink message and/or the first recovery identifier sent by the first base station;
  • the first sending module 144 is coupled to the second receiving module 142, and configured to send an uplink message and/or a second recovery identifier to the second base station according to the first restoration identifier.
  • connection processing device may be, but is not limited to, applied to a user plane optimized scenario.
  • user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode For example: user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode.
  • connection processing device may be, but not limited to, applied to a terminal, such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a smart wearable device, or the like.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, applied to a non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • the first receiving module receives the first downlink message and/or the first recovery identifier sent by the base station, and the first sending module 144 sends the uplink message and/or the second recovery identifier to the base station according to the first restoration identifier, It can be seen that, by using the foregoing solution, the first sending module 144 sends a message according to the base station.
  • the sent first recovery identifier sends an uplink message and/or a second recovery identifier to the base station, so that the operation of the terminal and the base station in the user plane optimization process is consistent, thereby solving the problem that the user plane optimization operation is inconsistent in the related art.
  • the first base station and the second base station may be the same base station, or may be different base stations.
  • the first downlink message may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a first recovery identifier format sent by the first base station.
  • the information used to indicate the first recovery identifier format may include, but is not limited to, information used to indicate the meaning of the information carried in the first restoration identifier and information used to indicate the information carried in the first restoration identifier. Length information.
  • the first downlink message may include, but is not limited to, at least two of the following information: the total length of the first restoration identifier is a first preset length, and the length of the base station information carried in the first restoration identifier is The length of the second preset length and the terminal information carried in the first restoration identifier is a third preset length.
  • the information may be included in the first downlink message according to the first downlink message.
  • the two pieces of the first preset length, the second preset length, and the third preset length are obtained by using two pieces of the preset length, the second preset length, and the third preset length.
  • the uplink message may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a second recovery identity format sent to the second base station.
  • the information used to indicate the second recovery identifier format may include, but is not limited to, information for indicating a meaning of information carried in the second restoration identifier and information for indicating information carried in the second restoration identifier. Length information.
  • the uplink message may include, but is not limited to, at least two of the following information: the total length of the second restoration identifier is a fourth preset length, and the length of the base station information carried in the second restoration identifier is a fifth preset.
  • the length of the terminal information carried in the length and the second restoration identifier is a sixth preset length.
  • the fourth preset length included in the uplink message may be, but is not limited to, the first preset length.
  • the two pieces of information of the five preset lengths and the sixth preset length acquire the third information of the fourth preset length, the fifth preset length, and the sixth preset length.
  • the first sending module may, but is not limited to, constructing and sending the second recovery identifier by using: in the base station information that is the second preset length in the first recovery identifier, intercepting the length according to the first predetermined rule.
  • the information of the preset length is used as the information of the base station in the second restoration identifier.
  • the information of the length of the sixth preset length in the first recovery identifier is intercepted according to the second predetermined rule.
  • the terminal information in the second recovery identifier is obtained by the second restoration identifier; and the second restoration identifier is sent to the second base station.
  • Figure 15 is a block diagram 3 of a structure of a connection processing device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 15, optionally, the device further includes:
  • the third receiving module 152 is coupled between the second receiving module 142 and the first sending module 144, and is configured to receive a second downlink message sent by the first base station or the second base station, where the second downlink message is carried Information indicating the format of the second resume identification.
  • the second downlink message may include, but is not limited to, at least two of the following information: a total length of the second restoration identifier is a seventh preset length, and a length of the base station information carried in the second restoration identifier is an eighth The length of the preset information and the terminal information carried in the second restoration identifier is a ninth preset length.
  • the second pre-rec the second pre-rec
  • the two information of the length, the eighth preset length, and the ninth preset length are used to obtain the third information of the seventh preset length, the eighth preset length, and the ninth preset length.
  • the second recovery identifier may be configured and sent to the base station by: intercepting the length from the base station information of the second preset length in the first recovery identifier according to the third predetermined rule
  • the length information is used as the base station information in the second restoration identifier; and the terminal information whose length is the third preset length in the first restoration identifier is intercepted according to the fourth predetermined rule.
  • the information of the ninth preset length is used as the terminal information in the second restoration identifier to obtain the second restoration identifier; and the second restoration identifier is sent to the second base station.
  • the second downlink message may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: a system message, a message for allocating a resource required for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message, and a resource allocated for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message.
  • a system message a message for allocating a resource required for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message
  • a resource allocated for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message a resource allocated for the terminal to send a connection recovery request message.
  • the information indicating the second recovery identifier format includes one of the following: the information indicating the format of the second resume identifier is first indication information, where, in a case where the first indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, An indication information is used to indicate one of the following: the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier as the second restoration identifier, and the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate one of the following: intercepting the lowest digit from the first recovery identifier, the eleventh preset length bit is used as the first And the second recovery identifier is obtained by the second recovery identifier from the first recovery identifier, and the information indicating the second recovery identifier format is the second indication information, where the second indication information is In the case of the first predetermined value, the second indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is in the first format; and in the case that the second indication information is in the second predetermined value, the second indication information is used. Indicating that the second identification restore a second format using a first format or not, wherein the first and second formats predefined format.
  • the information indicating the second resume identification format includes the following: the information is 1 bit of indication information.
  • the indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier as the second restoration identifier, or that the highest-order tenth preset length is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the bit is filled in with the second recovery identifier.
  • the indication takes a second predetermined value, indicating that the lowest thirteenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier as the second restoration identifier, or that the lowest digit eleventh preset is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the length bit is filled in with the second recovery identifier.
  • the information is 1 bit of indication information.
  • the indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the second restoration identifier is in the first format.
  • the indication takes a second predetermined value, indicating that the second restoration identifier is in the second format, or is not in the first format.
  • the first format and the second format are predefined formats.
  • the information indicating the second recovery identifier format includes: the information indicating the format of the second resume identifier is the third indication information, where the third indication information is the first predetermined value, the third indication information is used. Instructing to intercept the highest-order tenth preset length bit from the first restoration identifier as the second restoration identifier, or the third indication information is used to indicate that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier and is filled in the second Recovering the identifier; if the third indication information is used to take the value as the second predetermined value, the third indication information is used to indicate that the lowest digit 11th preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier and used as the second recovery identifier.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the lowest thirteenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier and the second recovery identifier is filled; and in the case that the third indication information is used to obtain the third predetermined value, The third indication information is used to indicate that the middle twelfth preset length bit is intercepted from the first resume identifier is used as the second resume identifier, or the third indication information is used to indicate that the interception is performed from the first resume identifier.
  • the twelfth preset length bit is filled in the second restoration identifier; or the information indicating the second restoration identifier format is the fourth indication information, and in the case that the fourth indication information takes the first predetermined value, the fourth indication The information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is in the first format, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is in the second format, and the fourth indication information is in the fourth indication information.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second recovery identifier is the third format, where the first format, the second format, and the third format are predefined formats.
  • the information indicating the second recovery identifier format includes the following: the information is 2 bits of indication information, and the indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the highest digit tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier. Used as the second recovery identifier, or indicates that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier and filled in the second recovery identifier.
  • the indication takes a second predetermined value, indicating that the lowest thirteenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier as the second restoration identifier, or that the lowest digit eleventh preset is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the length bit is filled in with the second recovery identifier.
  • the indication information takes a value of a third predetermined value, indicating that the middle twelfth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier as the second restoration identifier, or the middle twelfth preset length is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the bit is filled in with the second recovery identifier.
  • the information is 2 bits of indication information, and the indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the second restoration identifier is the first format.
  • the indication takes a second predetermined value, indicating that the second recovery identifier is in the second format.
  • the instruction takes The value is a third predetermined value indicating that the second recovery identifier is in the third format.
  • the first format, the second format, and the third format are predefined formats.
  • the second downlink message includes one of the following indication information: used to indicate that a part of the first recovery identifier is used as the second recovery identifier, and is used to indicate that the preset part information is intercepted from the first recovery identifier. Fill in the instructions for the second recovery ID.
  • the second downlink message includes the following indication information: the indication information indicates that a part of the first restoration identifier is intercepted for use as the second restoration identifier, or that a part of the first restoration identifier is intercepted for filling in the second restoration identifier.
  • the second downlink message includes: fifth indication information, or sixth indication information; where, in the case that the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, the fifth indication information or The sixth indication information is used to indicate that the highest digit tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier is used as the second restoration identifier, or is used to indicate that the highest digit tenth preset length bit is filled in from the first restoration identifier. a second recovery identifier; where the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information takes a second predetermined value, the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the lowest digit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier.
  • the preset length bit is used as the second restoration identifier, or is used to indicate that the lowest digit 11th preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier, and the second restoration identifier is filled in; or, the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information If the value is the first predetermined value, the fifth indication information or the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is the first format, and the fifth indication information or the sixth indication is The fifth indication information or the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the second restoration identifier is in the second format, or is not in the first format, where the first format and the second format are used. For a predefined format.
  • the second downlink message includes the following indication information: the indication information is 1 bit of indication information.
  • the indication information is 2 bits of indication information.
  • the indication takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier as the second restoration identifier, or that the highest-order tenth preset length bit is intercepted from the first restoration identifier. Fill in the second recovery logo.
  • the indication value is a second predetermined value, indicating that the lowest bit eleventh preset length bit is intercepted from the first recovery identifier is used as the second recovery identifier, or the interception is performed from the first recovery identifier. The lowest bit eleventh preset length bit is filled in the second recovery flag.
  • the indication information is 1 bit of indication information.
  • the indication information is 2 bits of indication information.
  • the indication information takes a value of a first predetermined value, indicating that the second restoration identifier is in the first format.
  • the indication takes a second predetermined value, indicating that the second restoration identifier is in the second format, or is not in the first format.
  • the first format and the second format are predefined formats.
  • the information used to indicate the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth recovery identifier encoding rule includes at least one of the following: an indication information used to indicate whether the fourth recovery identifier is a format that reflects the truncated recovery identifier, The indication information indicating that the third recovery identifier is filled in the fourth recovery identifier is used to indicate the indication information that the preset part of the fourth restoration identifier is valid.
  • the information for indicating the fourth recovery identification format and/or the fourth restoration identification coding rule includes at least one of the following: the information indicates whether the fourth restoration identification is in a format embodying the truncated recovery identification. Or, indicating that the third recovery identifier is filled in the fourth recovery identifier, or indicating that a part of the fourth recovery identifier is valid.
  • the information used to indicate the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth recovery identifier encoding rule includes at least one of the following: information for indicating the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth restoration identifier encoding rule is The seventh indication information, or the information used to indicate the fourth restoration identifier format and/or the fourth restoration identifier encoding rule, is the eighth indication information; wherein the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information takes a value as a first predetermined value.
  • the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the fourth restoration identifier is in the format of the full recovery identifier, or is not in the format of the truncated recovery identifier; or the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is the first value.
  • the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the third recovery identifier is filled in the highest tenth pre-revision of the fourth restoration identifier.
  • the length bit is used to indicate that the highest tenth preset length bit in the fourth restoration identifier is valid; in the case that the seventh indication information or the eighth indication information takes a second predetermined value, the seventh indication information or the first
  • the eight indication information is used to indicate that the third restoration identifier is filled in the lowest digit eleventh preset length bit of the fourth restoration identifier, or is used to indicate that the lowest digit eleventh preset length bit in the fourth restoration identifier is valid.
  • the information for indicating the fourth restoration identification format and/or the fourth restoration identification coding rule includes at least one of the following: the information is 1 bit of indication information. Alternatively, the information is 2 bits of indication information. The value of the information is a first predetermined value, indicating that the fourth recovery identifier is in a format that reflects the truncation recovery identifier, and the information is a second predetermined value, indicating that the fourth recovery identifier is in the format of the full recovery identifier, or is not embodied. Truncate the format of the recovery identifier.
  • the value of the information is a first predetermined value, indicating that the third recovery identifier is filled in the highest tenth preset length bit of the fourth restoration identifier, or the highest tenth preset length bit in the fourth restoration identifier is indicated. effective.
  • the value of the information is a second predetermined value, indicating that the third recovery identifier is filled in the lowest thirteenth preset length bit of the fourth recovery identifier, or that the lowest thirteenth preset length bit in the fourth recovery identifier is indicated. effective.
  • the format of the truncated recovery identifier is a predefined format; or the format of the truncated recovery identifier is that the first preset part bit is valid, and the second preset part bit is a padding bit, wherein the truncated recovery identifier is embodied
  • the length of the message is 40 bits.
  • the format of the truncated recovery identifier is a predefined format, or, for only some of the bits are valid, and the other bits are padding bits, and the length of the truncated recovery identification information can be 40 bits.
  • the tenth preset length, the eleventh preset length, and the twelfth preset length may be the same or different.
  • the tenth preset length, the eleventh preset length, and the twelfth preset length are determined by one of the following manners: predefined; indicated by a predetermined manner, wherein the predetermined manner includes one of: a system message, Downstream message.
  • the tenth preset length and/or the eleventh preset length and/or the twelfth preset length may be predefined or may be indicated by other manners, including but not limited to: system messages, other downlink messages.
  • the indication information is 1 bit
  • the first predetermined value is 1 or 0, and the second and predetermined values are 0 or 1.
  • the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication letter comprise one of the following forms: first indication information, second indication information, third indication information, fourth indication information,
  • the five indication information, the sixth indication information, the seventh indication information, and/or the eighth indication information are information of one bit, wherein the information of one bit includes one of the following: information of a Boolean type, information of an enumerated type;
  • the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, the fourth indication information, the fifth indication information, the sixth indication information, the seventh indication information, and/or the eighth indication information are information of a plurality of bits, where The information of a plurality of bits includes: information of an enumerated type.
  • connection processing device is also provided, which is used to implement the above-mentioned embodiments and preferred embodiments, and has not been described again.
  • module may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function.
  • apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
  • connection processing apparatus includes:
  • the obtaining module 162 is configured to obtain the indication information of the access layer transmission of the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal performs a predetermined operation;
  • An execution module 164 coupled to the acquisition module 162, configured to perform a predetermined operation in accordance with the indication of the indication information.
  • connection processing device may be, but is not limited to, applied to a user plane optimized scenario.
  • user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode For example: user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode.
  • connection processing device may be, but not limited to, applied to a terminal, such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a smart wearable device, or the like.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, applied to a non-access stratum of the terminal.
  • the obtaining module acquires the indication information of the access layer transmission of the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal performs a predetermined operation; and the execution module performs a predetermined operation according to the indication of the indication information, thereby being visible
  • the above solution may be based on the access layer of the terminal
  • the operation of the predetermined operation is performed to make the access layer of the terminal and the operation of the non-access stratum consistent, thereby solving the problem that the user plane optimization operation is inconsistent in the related art.
  • the execution module may obtain the indication type of the indication information, where the indication type includes at least one of the following: a suspension reservation indication, a narrowband Internet of Things terminal type indication, a NAS signaling processing indication, a connection recovery has failed indication, and the connection has been Suspend indication, base station supports CP optimization indication, and base station supports UP optimization indication.
  • the indication type includes at least one of the following: a suspension reservation indication, a narrowband Internet of Things terminal type indication, a NAS signaling processing indication, a connection recovery has failed indication, and the connection has been Suspend indication, base station supports CP optimization indication, and base station supports UP optimization indication.
  • the predetermined operation indicated by the suspend indication is performed according to the suspend retention indication, wherein the suspend retention indication is used to indicate one of: retaining the suspending identifier, clearing the suspending identifier,
  • the non-access stratum is an idle state with a suspend flag
  • the non-access stratum is an idle state without a suspend flag
  • enters an idle state with a suspend flag enters an idle state without a suspend flag, and remains in the idle state. Idle state with pending identity, leaving idle state with pending identity.
  • the terminal type of the terminal is acquired according to the indication of the narrowband IoT terminal type indication.
  • the buffered NAS signaling is sent to the access layer of the terminal according to the indication of the NAS signaling processing indication, or the cached NAS is not indicated according to the indication of the NAS signaling processing indication. Signaling is sent to the access layer of the terminal.
  • the buffered NAS signaling is sent to the access layer of the terminal according to the indication that the connection recovery has failed indication, and enters the connection state.
  • the idle state with the pending identifier is entered according to the indication that the connection has been suspended.
  • the indication type includes the base station supporting the CP optimization indication
  • the base station supports UP.
  • the indication of the optimization indication determines whether the UP optimization scheme is recommended for use in the NAS signaling for attachment, or whether the UP optimization scheme is employed when transmitting data and/or signaling according to the indication of the base station supporting the UP optimization indication.
  • the execution module can be used in at least one of the following situations:
  • the CP optimization scheme is recommended in the NAS signaling for attachment; or the base station supports the CP optimization indication as the eighth preset. In the case of values, the CP optimization scheme is not recommended in NAS signaling for attachment;
  • the UP optimization scheme is recommended in the NAS signaling for attachment; or the value of the UP optimization indication supported by the base station is the tenth preset. In the case of values, the UP optimization scheme is not recommended in NAS signaling for attachment.
  • the execution module may be, but is not limited to, being configured to: if the non-access stratum is currently in an idle state without a suspend identifier, and send the NAS if the base station supports the CP optimization indication as a seventh preset value.
  • Signaling 1 or NAS signaling 3 is provided to the access layer and requires the access layer to initially establish a connection; if the base station supports the CP optimization indication as the eighth preset value, the NAS signaling second or NAS signaling is sent. Give the access layer and ask the access layer to initially establish a connection.
  • the execution module may be, but is not limited to, configured to: if the non-access stratum is currently in an idle state with a suspended identifier, and cache the NAS if the base station supports the value of the UP optimization indication as a ninth preset value.
  • the signaling layer 2 or the NAS signaling III requires the access layer to resume the connection; if the base station supports the UP optimization indication as the tenth preset value, the NAS signaling second or the NAS signaling is sent to the access layer.
  • the access layer is required to initially establish a connection.
  • the NAS signaling may be, but is not limited to, requesting NAS signaling for the data service.
  • the foregoing NSA signaling 2 may be, but not limited to, requesting NAS signaling for the service.
  • the foregoing NAS signaling 3 may be, but is not limited to, tracking area update. NAS signaling.
  • the execution module may be, but is not limited to, used in at least one of the following:
  • the pending reservation indication is the first preset value
  • the pending reservation indication Instructing to perform a predetermined operation wherein the predetermined operation includes one of: retaining the pending identifier, the non-access stratum is an idle state with a suspended identifier, enters an idle state with a suspended identifier, and is maintained with a suspended identifier Idle state
  • the pending hold indication is the second preset value
  • the non-access stratum is an idle state without a suspended identifier
  • the idle state without the suspended identifier is entered, leaving with Suspend the idle state of the logo
  • the terminal type of the acquiring terminal is a narrowband Internet of Things terminal
  • the terminal type of the acquiring terminal is a non-narrowband Internet of Things terminal
  • the buffered NAS signaling is sent to the access layer of the terminal;
  • the buffered NAS signaling is not sent to the access layer of the terminal.
  • each of the above modules may be implemented by software or hardware.
  • the foregoing may be implemented by, but not limited to, the foregoing modules are all located in the same processor; or, the modules are located in multiple In the processor.
  • connection processing device is also provided, which is used to implement the above-mentioned embodiments and preferred embodiments, and has not been described again.
  • module may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function.
  • apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram 5 of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 17, the apparatus includes:
  • the second sending module 172 is configured to send the first downlink message and/or the first recovery to the terminal. Re-identification
  • the first recovery identifier is used by the terminal to send an uplink message and/or a second recovery identifier according to the first restoration identifier.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, applied to a scenario of user plane optimization.
  • user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode For example: user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode.
  • connection processing method may be applicable to, but not limited to, a base station, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a home base station, and the like.
  • the second sending module sends the first downlink message and/or the first recovery identifier to the terminal
  • the fourth receiving module receives the uplink message and/or the second recovery identifier sent by the terminal according to the first recovery identifier. Therefore, the foregoing solution can be used to receive the second recovery identifier sent by the terminal according to the first recovery identifier, so that the operation of the terminal and the base station in the user plane optimization process are consistent, thereby solving the problem that the user plane optimization operation is inconsistent in the related art. .
  • the terminal may send an uplink message and/or a second restoration identifier to the base station that sends the first restoration identifier, or may send the information to other base stations.
  • FIG. 18 is a structural block diagram of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 18, optionally, the apparatus further includes: a fourth receiving module 182 coupled to the second sending module. 172. Set to receive an uplink message and/or a second recovery identifier that is sent by the terminal according to the first recovery identifier.
  • the base station that receives the uplink message and/or the second recovery identifier sent by the terminal according to the first restoration identifier may be the base station that sends the first restoration identifier, or may be another base station.
  • the first downlink message may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a first resume identity format sent to the terminal.
  • the information used to indicate the first recovery identifier format may include, but is not limited to, information used to indicate the meaning of the information carried in the first restoration identifier and information used to indicate the information carried in the first restoration identifier. Length information.
  • the first downlink message may include, but is not limited to, at least two of the following information: the total length of the first restoration identifier is a first preset length, and the length of the base station information carried in the first restoration identifier is The length of the second preset length and the terminal information carried in the first restoration identifier is a third preset length.
  • the information may be included in the first downlink message according to the first downlink message.
  • the two pieces of the first preset length, the second preset length, and the third preset length are obtained by using two pieces of the preset length, the second preset length, and the third preset length.
  • the uplink message may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a second recovery identifier format sent by the terminal.
  • FIG. 19 is a structural block diagram of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 19, optionally, the apparatus further includes:
  • the third sending module 192 is coupled to the second sending module 172 and the fourth receiving module 182, and is configured to send a second downlink message to the terminal, where the second downlink message carries information for indicating the second recovery identifier format.
  • the base station that sends the second downlink message to the terminal may be the base station that sends the first recovery identifier, or may be another base station.
  • the second downlink message may include, but is not limited to, at least two of the following information: a total length of the second restoration identifier is a seventh preset length, and a length of the base station information carried in the second restoration identifier is an eighth The length of the preset information and the terminal information carried in the second restoration identifier is a ninth preset length.
  • the second pre-rec the second pre-rec
  • the two information of the length, the eighth preset length, and the ninth preset length are used to obtain the third information of the seventh preset length, the eighth preset length, and the ninth preset length.
  • the second downlink message may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: a system message, a message for the terminal to allocate resources required for sending the connection recovery request message, and a terminal allocated for sending Send message 4 for the resource required to connect to the recovery request message.
  • each of the above modules may be implemented by software or hardware.
  • the foregoing may be implemented by, but not limited to, the foregoing modules are all located in the same processor; or, the modules are located in multiple In the processor.
  • An alternative embodiment of the present disclosure provides an improved method for interacting between an access layer of a terminal and a non-access layer of the terminal in the UP optimization mode.
  • a new one or more indications (equivalent to the first indication message) sent by the access layer of the terminal to the non-access stratum of the terminal are defined.
  • the indication may be an explicit indication, or may be information that can be included in the other indication (eg, the third indication message) for indicating the result of the connection, to the non-access stratum, that is, an implicit indication.
  • the hold indication is set to indicate that the value is c1 (ie, the first preset value), indicating that the non-access stratum continues to be maintained in the idle state with the suspended identifier, and continues. Retain non-access stratum context information for its storage.
  • the value of the indication may be c2 (ie, the second preset value), indicating that the non-access stratum directly clears the suspend indication and returns to the normal idle state.
  • the indication 1 is a 1-bit value, c1 is 1, and c2 is 0.
  • the indication 1 may be sent to the non-access stratum together with other indications for indicating the result of the connection, or include the information contained in the indication 1 in other indications for indicating the result of the connection and sent to the non-access stratum. .
  • other indications for indicating the result of the connection may be an indication of a failure to recover.
  • indications for indicating connection establishment or recovery results including the indication 1 information may be of the form: failure to resume with suspend, failure to resume without suspend.
  • the terminal access layer sends the indication 1 or the indication that the indication 1 information is included to the non-access stratum in at least one of the following scenarios: the terminal access layer cannot send the connection recovery request message because the access barring is not detected ( Msg3), the terminal access layer receives the connection reject message and carries With the suspension information, the terminal access layer receives the re-establishment reject message and carries the suspension information, and the timer started by the terminal access layer after transmitting the Msg3 (for example, connection recovery request message, re-establishment message) message times out.
  • the indication 1 takes a value of c1.
  • the narrowband Internet of Things terminal indicates that the indication is 2, and the indication takes a value of d1 (ie, a third preset value), indicating that the terminal is a narrowband Internet of Things terminal (NB-IoT UE).
  • the indication value is d2 (ie, the fourth preset value), indicating that the terminal is a non-narrowband Internet of Things terminal (non NB-IoT UE).
  • the indication 2 is a 1-bit value, d1 is 1, and d2 is 0.
  • the indication 2 may be sent to the non-access stratum together with other indications for indicating connection establishment or recovery results, or include the information contained in the indication 2 in other indications for indicating connection establishment or recovery results and Send to the non-access stratum.
  • another indication for indicating the result of the connection is a recovery failure indication.
  • the terminal access layer sends the indication 2 or the indication indicating the information of the indication 2 to the non-access stratum in at least one of the following scenarios: the terminal access layer transmits the extension to the non-access stratum by receiving the connection reject message Wait for the timer and the terminal to change the value according to their actual characteristics.
  • the NAS signaling processing indication takes the indication 3 as an example, and the indication 3 may be used to indicate whether the buffered NAS signaling is sent to the access layer.
  • the value of the indication is e1 (ie, the fifth preset value), indicating that the non-access stratum should send the buffered NAS signaling to the access layer, where the indication value is e2 (ie, the sixth preset value), indicating that The access layer does not need to send the buffered NAS signaling to the access layer;
  • the indication 3 is a 1-bit value, e1 is 1, and e2 is 0.
  • the indication 3 may be sent to the non-access stratum together with other indications for indicating the connection recovery result, or include the information contained in the indication 3 in other indications for indicating the connection recovery result and sent to the non-connected Into the layer.
  • other indications for indicating the result of the connection may be an indication of a failure to recover.
  • the terminal access layer sends the indication 3 or the indication indicating the information of the indication 3 to the non-access layer in at least one of the following scenarios: the terminal access layer cannot send the connection because the current base station does not support the UP optimization mode.
  • Restore request message Msg3
  • the terminal access layer has no storage connection
  • Incoming layer context information cannot send a connection recovery request message (Msg3).
  • the indication 3 takes the value of e1.
  • An alternative embodiment of the present disclosure also proposes an improved method of transmitting a recovery identifier in an UP optimization mode.
  • the base station sends the first recovery identifier to the terminal, where the first recovery identifier is the following example: the base station indicates the specific format of the recovery identifier.
  • the base station indicates the meaning and length of the information of each part in the recovery identifier.
  • the base station indicates at least two or more of the following information: a total length x1 of the delivery identifier, that is, a first preset length, and a length x2 of the base station information included in the recovery identifier (ie, a second preset) Length), the length x3 (ie, the third preset length) of the terminal/user information included in the recovery identifier is delivered.
  • the optional embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a format indication method for the second recovery identifier of the terminal control (hereinafter, the second restoration identifier is reported as the recovery identifier as an example).
  • the terminal indicates the meaning and length of the information of each part in the recovery identifier.
  • the terminal includes length indication information while transmitting the report recovery identifier.
  • the information indicates at least two or more of the following information: the total length y1 of the reported restoration identifier (ie, the fourth preset length), and the length y2 of the base station information part in the restoration identifier is reported (ie, the fifth preset length)
  • the length y3 (ie, the sixth preset length) of the terminal/user information part in the recovery identifier is reported.
  • the additional information should be derived from the two pieces of information. For example, if the total length y1 of the reported recovery identifier is carried, and the length y2 of the base station information part in the restoration identifier is reported, it can be easily calculated.
  • the terminal intercepts the base station information of the length y2 from the highest to the low, and fills in the report recovery identifier.
  • the terminal intercepts the base station information of the length y3 from the highest to the low, and fills in the report recovery identifier.
  • the optional embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a format indication method for the second recovery identifier of the network side control (hereinafter, the second recovery identifier is reported as the recovery identifier as an example).
  • the terminal before the terminal sends the request message carrying the report recovery identifier, the terminal first receives the downlink message sent by the base station, where the downlink message includes information for indicating the format of the report recovery identifier.
  • the information indicates at least two or more of the following information: the total length z1 of the reported restoration identifier (ie, the seventh preset length), and the length z2 of the base station information part in the restoration identifier is reported (ie, the eighth preset length)
  • the length z3 (ie, the ninth preset length) of the terminal/user information part in the recovery identifier is reported.
  • the terminal intercepts the base station information of the length z2 from the highest to the low, and fills in the report recovery identifier.
  • the terminal intercepts the base station information of the length z3 from the highest to the low, and fills in the report recovery identifier.
  • the downlink message sent by the base station to the terminal includes one of the following messages: a system message, a message 2 for allocating a resource required for the connection recovery request message, and a resource allocated by the terminal for sending the connection recovery request message.
  • Message 4 a system message, a message 2 for allocating a resource required for the connection recovery request message, and a resource allocated by the terminal for sending the connection recovery request message.
  • connection processing method and apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure and the optional embodiments can ensure the consistency of the terminal access layer and the non-access layer in the UP optimization mode, and the accuracy of the transmission recovery identifier. flexibility.
  • FIG. 20 is an embodiment according to the present disclosure.
  • step S2002 the first network element receives the third recovery identifier and/or the first message sent by the terminal, where the first message is used to carry the third recovery identifier.
  • Step S2004 the first network element constructs a fourth recovery identifier and/or a second message according to the third recovery identifier, and delivers the fourth recovery identifier and/or the second message to one or more second network elements, where
  • the fourth recovery identifier is used to request that the one or more second network elements transmit the terminal context information to the first network element according to the fourth restoration identifier, and the second message is used to carry the fourth recovery identifier.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, applied to a scenario of user plane optimization.
  • user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode For example: user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode.
  • the first network element receives the third recovery identifier and/or the first message sent by the terminal, where the first message is used to carry the third recovery identifier, and the first network element constructs the fourth recovery identifier according to the third recovery identifier. And/or the second message, and the fourth recovery identifier and/or the second message are delivered to the one or more second network elements, wherein the fourth recovery identifier is used to request one or more second network elements according to the fourth
  • the recovery identifier transmits the terminal context information to the first network element, and the second message is used to carry the fourth recovery identifier, so that the first network element can obtain one or more second networks by using the third recovery identifier.
  • the context information of the terminal transmitted by the element is consistent with the terminal context information of the second network element, thereby solving the problem that the user plane optimization operation is inconsistent in the related art.
  • the first network element may include, but is not limited to, the following: the first MME, the first base station, the first cell, the target MME, the target base station, the target cell, the MME that initiates the connection recovery, and the terminal initiates the connection.
  • the restored base station and the terminal initiate the connection recovery of the cell;
  • the second network element may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: the second MME, the second base station, the second cell, the source MME, the source base station, the source cell, and the stored terminal context information.
  • the MME, the base station storing the terminal context information
  • the cell storing the terminal context information.
  • the first message may include, but is not limited to, an air interface connection recovery request message RRCConnectionResumeRequest message;
  • the second message may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: the X2 interface acquires the terminal context information request message X2 RETRIEVE UE The CONTEXT REQUEST message and the S1 interface perform a request message for acquiring terminal context information.
  • the third recovery identifier and the fourth recovery identifier may be the same or different.
  • the second message may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a fourth resume identity format and/or a fourth resume identity encoding rule.
  • the fourth recovery identifier may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a fourth recovery identifier format and/or a fourth restoration identifier encoding rule.
  • the information used to indicate the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth resume identifier encoding rule may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: information indicating a meaning of the information carried in the fourth resume identifier, Information for indicating the length of information carried in the fourth restoration identifier.
  • the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth recovery identifier encoding rule may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: a total length of the fourth restoration identifier, a length of the valid bit of the fourth restoration identifier, and a fourth restoration identifier.
  • the starting position of the valid bit carried in the payload bit or the starting position of the valid bit is offset with respect to the first predetermined location, whether the fourth recovery identifier carries the base station information, and whether the fourth recovery identifier carries the terminal information
  • the length, the base station information carried in the fourth restoration identifier, and the starting position of the terminal information or the base station information and the starting position of the terminal information are relative to the fourth pre-
  • a connection processing device is also provided, which is applied to the first network element, and the device is used to implement the foregoing embodiments and preferred embodiments, and details are not described herein.
  • the term "module” may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function.
  • the apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
  • FIG. 21 is a block diagram of a structure of a connection processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 21, the apparatus includes:
  • the fifth receiving module 212 is configured to receive a third recovery identifier and/or a first message that is sent by the terminal, where the first message is used to carry the third recovery identifier.
  • the processing module 214 is coupled to the fifth receiving module 212, configured to configure, by the first network element, a fourth recovery identifier and/or a second message according to the third recovery identifier, and/or the fourth recovery identifier and/or the The second message is delivered to the one or more second network elements, where the fourth recovery identifier is used to request the one or more second network elements to transmit terminal context information to the fourth recovery identifier according to the fourth recovery identifier.
  • the first network element, the second message is used to carry the fourth recovery identifier.
  • connection processing method may be, but is not limited to, applied to a scenario of user plane optimization.
  • user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode For example: user plane optimization scenarios in the inter-machine communication mode.
  • the fifth receiving module receives the third recovery identifier and/or the first message sent by the terminal, where the first message is used to carry the third recovery identifier, and the processing module constructs the fourth recovery identifier according to the third recovery identifier and/or Or the second message, and the fourth recovery identifier and/or the second message are delivered to the one or more second network elements, where the fourth recovery identifier is used to request one or more second network elements according to the fourth recovery identifier. Transmitting the terminal context information to the first network element, where the second message is used to carry the fourth recovery identifier, so that the first network element can obtain one or more second network element transmissions by using the third recovery identifier.
  • the context information of the terminal is consistent with the terminal context information of the second network element, thereby solving the problem that the user plane optimization operation is inconsistent in the related art.
  • the first network element may include, but is not limited to, the following: the first MME, the first base station, the first cell, the target MME, the target base station, the target cell, the MME that initiates the connection recovery, and the terminal initiates the connection.
  • the restored base station and the terminal initiate the connection recovery of the cell;
  • the second network element may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: the second MME, the second base station, the second cell, the source MME, the source base station, the source cell, and the stored terminal context information.
  • the MME, the base station storing the terminal context information
  • the cell storing the terminal context information.
  • the first message may include, but is not limited to, an air interface connection recovery request message RRCConnectionResumeRequest message;
  • the second message may include, but is not limited to, one of the following: the X2 interface acquires the terminal context information request message X2 RETRIEVE UE CONTEXT REQUEST Message The S1 interface performs a request message for acquiring terminal context information.
  • the third recovery identifier and the fourth recovery identifier may be the same or different.
  • the second message may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a fourth resume identity format and/or a fourth resume identity encoding rule.
  • the fourth recovery identifier may be, but is not limited to, carrying information indicating a fourth recovery identifier format and/or a fourth restoration identifier encoding rule.
  • the information used to indicate the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth resume identifier encoding rule may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: information indicating a meaning of the information carried in the fourth resume identifier, Information for indicating the length of information carried in the fourth restoration identifier.
  • the fourth recovery identifier format and/or the fourth recovery identifier encoding rule may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: a total length of the fourth restoration identifier, a length of the valid bit of the fourth restoration identifier, and a fourth restoration identifier.
  • the fourth recovery identifier carries the base station information, and whether the fourth recovery identifier carries the terminal information
  • the initial position of the terminal information carried in the identifier or the offset of the start position of the terminal information with respect to the third predetermined position, the total length of the base station information and the terminal information carried in the fourth restoration identifier, and the fourth restoration identifier The base station information and the start position of the terminal information or the offset of the base station information and the start position of the terminal information with respect to the fourth predetermined position, whether the fourth resume identifier carries the preset information, and the fourth resume identifier
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a storage medium.
  • the foregoing storage medium may be configured to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • connection request is used to request to establish or restore a connection with the base station
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the method steps recited in the above embodiments:
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the method steps recited in the above embodiments:
  • S31 Obtain indication information of an access layer transmission of the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate that the non-access stratum of the terminal performs a predetermined operation;
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the method steps recited in the above embodiments:
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the method steps recited in the above embodiments:
  • the first network element receives the third recovery identifier and/or the first message sent by the terminal, where the first message is used to carry the third recovery identifier.
  • the first network element constructs a fourth recovery identifier and/or a second message according to the third recovery identifier, and delivers the fourth recovery identifier and/or the second message to one or more second network elements, where the fourth The recovery identifier is used to request that one or more second network elements transmit the terminal context information to the first network element according to the fourth recovery identifier, and the second message is used to carry the fourth recovery identifier.
  • the foregoing storage medium may include, but not limited to, a USB flash drive, a Read-Only Memory (ROM), a Random Access Memory (RAM), a mobile hard disk, and a magnetic memory.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • a mobile hard disk e.g., a hard disk
  • magnetic memory e.g., a hard disk
  • the processor executes the method steps described in the foregoing embodiments according to the stored program code in the storage medium.
  • modules or steps of the present disclosure described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device and, in some cases, may be different from the order herein.
  • the steps shown or described are performed, or they are separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or a plurality of modules or steps thereof are fabricated as a single integrated circuit module. As such, the disclosure is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
  • connection processing method and apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present invention have the following beneficial effects: the problem of inconsistent user plane optimization operations in the related art is solved, and the access layer of the terminal is consistent with the operation of the non-access stratum.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本公开实施例中提供了一种连接处理方法及装置，其中，该方法包括：接收连接请求，其中，连接请求用于请求建立或者恢复与基站之间的连接；根据获取到的连接请求对应的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作，解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题，使终端的接入层与非接入层的操作一致。

Description

连接处理方法及装置 技术领域
本公开涉及通信领域，具体而言，涉及一种连接处理方法及装置。
背景技术
机器间(Machine to Machine，以下简称M2M)通信是第五代移动通信技术(5G)目前研究的一个重要课题，也是未来无线通信的一个重要应用领域。在M2M课题里，针对低成本、低功耗、低移动性、低吞吐量等终端特性，提出了窄带物联网(NarowBand-Internet of Things，以下简称NB-IoT)研究子课题，也就是在200khz的频带内为NB-IoT低成本终端(User Equipment，以下简称UE)提供低吞吐量的无线通讯服务。
为了减少信令开销，降低NB-IoT终端的耗电，现有研究引入了两种cIoT优化方式：
1、控制面优化方式(后文简称CP优化方式)：终端和网络之间不会建立DRB，也不会建立AS安全上下文，数据被封装成NAS PDU附着在控制面信令中传输。这种方式节省信令的效果比较明显，但一次传输的数据包长度有限，对于比较大的数据包，需要分成多个小包发送，在覆盖较差的情况下，容易带来丢包问题，导致接收方难以接收完整的数据包。
2、用户面优化方式(后文简称UP优化方式)：终端和网络建立完整连接，使用DRB传输数据，数据传输完毕后，在终端和网络侧通过挂起流程保存承载信息上下文，AS安全上下文等，后续再次发送数据时，双方通过恢复流程来恢复之前保存的上下文，继续使用DRB承载来传输数据。这种方式和现有流程差异不大，对数据包的长度没有明显限制，但是节省信令的效果有限。
现有研究另外引入了终端和网络进行能力协商的流程。终端初始附着时，会在Attach Request消息中携带Preferred Network Behaviour indication 信息，指示终端能够支持和推荐的操作方式。网络侧的MME网元会在Attach Accept消息中包含Supported Network Behaviour来指示它能支持的操作方式。
当终端与网络侧协商采用UP方式后，如果终端有上行数据需要发送时，需要触发空中接口及网络侧承载的恢复流程。当网络侧有下行数据需要发送时，会先寻呼终端，继而触发终端发起空中接口及网络侧承载的恢复流程。
在最新制定的标准中，对于UP优化方式的连接恢复流程，终端非接入层在带有挂起标识的空闲态，向其接入层发送恢复连接的指示，同时缓存业务请求NAS信令，终端接入层会尝试向基站接入层发送连接恢复请求消息。在此场景下，基站和终端的接入层和非接入层存在以下几种可能的操作和交互：
1、在一般情况下，基站接入层收到连接恢复请求消息后，给终端发送连接恢复消息，指示终端连接恢复成功，终端接入层向其非接入层发送一个指示，指示连接恢复成功(RRC connection has been resumed)，终端非接入层会将缓存的业务请求NAS信令丢弃，并结束非接入层处理流程；
2、另外也存在以下一些可以认为异常的场景：
a)在某些场景下，终端接入层可能因为未通过Access Barring检测，而未能发出连接恢复请求消息。此时终端接入层向其非接入层发送一个指示，指示连接恢复失败(failure to resume)，终端非接入层可以沿用或参考连接建立失败(failure to establish)及拥塞控制的处理流程；
b)在另外一些场景下，终端接入层可能因为当前所处基站不支持UP优化方式，而未能发出连接恢复请求消息。此时终端接入层会将其存储的接入层上下文清除，并向其非接入层发送一个指示，指示连接恢复已经失败(RRC connection resume has failed)，终端非接入层会将缓存的业务请求NAS信令发送给接入层，由接入层完成一次正常的连接建立过程；
c)在另外一些场景下，基站接入层收到连接恢复请求消息后，如果出现异常，例如，基站接入层未能查找到与终端恢复id关联的上下文，基站接入层也可以给终端发送连接建立消息，指示终端清除缓存的上下文并完成一次普通的连接建立，此时终端接入层向其非接入层发送一个指示，指示连接恢复已经失败(RRC connection resume has failed)，终端非接入层会将缓存的业务请求NAS信令发送给接入层，由接入层完成后续流程并将该NAS信令发送给基站，用于后续建立S1接口；
d)在另外一些场景下，基站接入层收到连接恢复请求消息后，可能因为网络拥塞而给终端发送连接拒绝消息，或者因为空中链路异常终端未能收到任何对连接恢复请求消息的响应消息，导致T300定时器超时。在上述两种情况下，终端接入层将向其非接入层发送一个指示，指示连接恢复失败(failure to resume)。终端非接入层可以沿用或参考连接建立失败(failure to establish)及拥塞控制的处理流程。额外的，基站接入层给终端发送的连接拒绝消息中可选包含挂起信息。如果包含该挂起信息，终端接入层会继续保留其存储的接入层上下文信息，否则终端接入层会将其存储的接入层上下文清除。
对于上述处理和交互流程，存在以下问题：
1、终端非接入层收到连接恢复失败(failure to resume)指示，目前标准考虑终端非接入层可以沿用或参考连接建立失败及拥塞控制的处理流程，可以看到，这里终端非接入层没有区分连接建立失败和恢复失败的不同，当终端发起连接恢复请求时，终端非接入层处于带有挂起标识的空闲状态，如果终端此时收到恢复失败指示，至少需要考虑对该状态下存储的非接入层上下文(包括挂起标识)做何种处理。一方面终端非接入层有可能清除挂起标识并回到普通的空闲状态。另一方面终端非接入层也有可能只是停止当前流程，维持在当前状态；
2、进一步的，对于终端接入层收到连接拒绝消息的场景，与现有技术中只对支持时延容忍接入的终端应用扩展等待定时器的规则不同，如 果当前终端是窄带物联网终端，则终端接入层总是要把扩展等待定时器传递给非接入层，以便非接入层应用。但是考虑到非接入层目前在处理该定时器时，会判断终端当前是否发起的是低优先级接入，如果是，才会启用该定时器等待一段时间(start timer T3346 with the"Extended wait time"value)，如果不是，则会丢弃该定时器。可见目前终端非接入层对该扩展定时器的使用是有条件的，如果条件不满足，会使得接入层对窄带物联网终端的所有连接拒绝场景都应用扩展等待定时器的需求可能无法满足；
3、进一步的，对于终端接入层收到连接拒绝消息且携带挂起信息的特殊场景，终端接入层会继续保留其存储的上下文信息，而假设此时终端的非接入层收到接入层发来的连接恢复失败(failure to resume)指示，清除挂起标识并回到普通的空闲状态，那么会导致终端接入层和非接入层的不一致。反之，对于终端接入层收到连接拒绝消息且未携带挂起信息的特殊场景，终端接入层会将其存储的接入层上下文清除，而假设此时终端的非接入层收到连接恢复失败(failure to resume)指示，只是停止当前流程，维持在当前状态，也会导致另一种终端接入层和非接入层的不一致，当下次终端非接入层给接入层发送恢复连接的指示时，终端接入层会因为自己已经没有存储的接入层上下文而无法继续后续流程。
4、除了前面描述的场景，标准对终端接入层在连接恢复过程中遇到的其他异常，例如无线链路失败(Radio Link Failure，简称为RLF)导致的重建立失败，除T300外其他定时器超时等，尚未完全明确接入层处理以及其与非接入层的交互。
可见上述不完善的接入层与非接入层交互可能导致的接入层与非接入层的操作不一致等问题。
对于UP优化方式的连接恢复流程，在终端触发恢复流程之前，预设终端、基站和相关核心网网元上已存储UP优化方式所需要的各种上下文信息，如何标识这些上下文信息，使得终端和网络侧能够采用一致的标识查找并恢复正确的上下文信息，是需要解决的重要问题。在最新制定的标 准中，定义了40比特长的全文恢复标识，该全文恢复标识由基站在挂起流程中分配并传输给终端。终端可以根据网络侧的指示，在连接恢复请求消息中，携带长度为40比特的全文恢复标识或长度为24比特的截断的恢复标识并传输给基站。
但是，上述传输恢复标识的方式存在以下问题：
1、在最新制定的标准中，基站会根据20比特基站信息+20比特终端/用户信息的格式来构造40比特全文恢复标识，最简单的，基站可以将20比特终端/用户信息放置于全文恢复标识的高20比特，将20比特基站信息放置于低20比特，或反之。但如果基站采用了其他灵活的构造方式，终端将无法获知40比特全文恢复标识的具体格式信息，例如，终端无法知道20比特终端/用户信息是位于40比特全文恢复标识的高位，或低位，或中间。
2、另一方面，如果终端根据网络侧指示，确定需要发送24比特的截断的恢复标识给基站，最简单的，终端可以截取40比特全文恢复标识的高24比特，表示获取20比特终端/用户信息和4比特基站信息来构造截断的恢复标识，但是如果终端需要更为灵活的方式，例如在移动场景下，需要在恢复标识中携带更多的基站信息，终端将无法通知基站关于这24比特恢复标识的具体格式，例如是否包含20比特或小于20比特的基站信息，是否包含20比特或小于20比特的终端/用户信息，是否包含其他信息，换言之，标准未能提供这种传输恢复标识的灵活性。
可见传输恢复标识可能存在的理解不一致或缺乏灵活性的问题。
针对相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题，目前还没有有效地解决方案。
公开内容
本公开实施例提供了一种连接处理方法及装置，以至少解决相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
根据本公开的一个实施例，提供了一种连接处理方法，包括：接收连接请求，其中，所述连接请求用于请求建立或者恢复与基站之间的连接；根据获取到的所述连接请求对应的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作。
可选地，根据获取到的所述第一连接结果，指示所述终端的所述非接入层执行所述预定操作包括以下之一：向所述终端的所述非接入层发送携带有指示信息的一个或多个第一指示消息；向所述终端的所述非接入层发送携带有所述指示信息的一个或多个所述第一指示消息和用于指示第二连接结果的第二指示消息；向所述终端的所述非接入层发送用于指示所述第二连接结果并携带有所述指示信息的第三指示消息；其中，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端的所述非接入层执行所述预定操作。
可选地，所述指示信息包括以下至少之一：挂起保留指示，其中，所述挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：所述非接入层保留挂起标识、所述非接入层清除所述挂起标识、所述非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态；窄带物联网终端类型指示，其中，所述窄带物联网终端类型指示用于指示所述非接入层所述终端为窄带物联网终端，或者，所述窄带物联网终端类型指示用于指示所述非接入层所述终端为非窄带物联网终端；NAS信令处理指示，其中，所述NAS信令处理指示用于指示所述非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层，或者，所述NAS信令处理指示用于指示所述非接入层不将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层；连接恢复已经失败指示，其中，所述连接恢复已经失败指示用于指示所述非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层，以及，指示所述非接入层进入连接状态；连接已经挂起指示，其中，所述连接已经挂起指示用于指示所述非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态；基站支持CP优化指示，其中，所述基站支持CP优化指示用于指示基站是否支持CP优 化方案；基站支持UP优化指示，其中，所述基站支持UP优化指示用于指示基站是否支持UP优化方案。
可选地，在所述挂起保留指示的取值为第一预设值的情况下，所述挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：所述非接入层保留所述挂起标识、所述非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态；在所述挂起保留指示的取值为第二预设值的情况下，所述挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：所述非接入层清除所述挂起标识、所述非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
可选地，所述第一预设值为1，或failure to resume with suspend；所述第二预设值为0，或failure to resume without suspend。
可选地，所述第一连接结果包括以下之一：所述终端的接入层因未通过Access Barring检测而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、所述终端的接入层接收到连接拒绝消息且所述连接拒绝消息携带有挂起信息、所述终端的接入层接收到连接拒绝消息且所述连接拒绝消息未携带有所述挂起信息、所述终端的接入层接收到重建立拒绝消息且所述重建立拒绝消息携带有挂起信息、所述终端的接入层在发送消息3Msg3后启动的定时器超时、所述终端的接入层因当前所处基站不支持UP优化方式而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、所述终端的接入层因没有存储的接入层上下文信息而无法发送连接恢复请求消息。
可选地，在所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第三预设值的情况下，所述窄带物联网终端类型指示用于指示所述非接入层所述终端为所述窄带物联网终端；在所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第四预设值的情况下，所述窄带物联网终端类型指示用于指示所述非接入层所述终端为所述非窄带物联网终端。
可选地，所述窄带物联网终端类型指示为1比特数值；所述第三预设 值为1；所述第四预设值为0。
可选地，所述第一连接结果包括：所述终端的接入层在接收到连接拒绝消息之后给所述非接入层传递扩展等待定时器。
可选地，在所述NAS信令处理指示的取值为第五预设值的情况下，所述NAS信令处理指示用于指示所述非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层，和/或，所述NAS信令处理指示用于指示所述非接入层进入连接状态；在所述NAS信令处理指示的取值为第六预设值的情况下，所述NAS信令处理指示用于指示所述非接入层不将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层。
可选地，所述NAS信令处理指示为1比特数值；所述第五预设值为1；所述第六预设值为0。
可选地，所述第一连接结果包括以下之一：所述终端的接入层因当前所处基站不支持UP优化方式而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、所述终端的接入层因没有存储的接入层上下文信息而无法发送连接恢复请求消息。
可选地，在接收所述连接请求之后，所述方法还包括：根据所述连接请求的请求类型，记录所述连接请求为连接建立请求或者连接恢复请求。
可选地，所述第二指示消息或者所述第三指示消息包括：恢复失败指示，failure to resume指示。
可选地，所述第三指示消息包括以下之一：failure to resume with suspend、failure to resume without suspend。
可选地，所述第二连接结果包括以下之一：连接恢复失败failure to resume the RRC connection、连接建立失败failure to establish the RRC connection。
根据本公开的另一个实施例，提供了一种连接处理方法，包括：接收第一基站发送的第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；根据所述第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至第二基站。
可选地，所述第一下行消息携带有用于指示所述第一基站发送的所述第一恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，所述用于指示第一恢复标识格式的信息包括：用于指示所述第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示所述第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，所述第一下行消息包括以下信息中的至少两个：所述第一恢复标识的总长度为第一预设长度、所述第一恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第二预设长度、所述第一恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第三预设长度。
可选地，在所述第一下行信息包括所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：根据所述第一下行消息包括的所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的所述两个信息获取所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，所述上行消息携带有用于指示向所述第二基站发送的所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，所述用于指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息包括：用于指示所述第二恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示所述第二恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，所述上行消息包括以下信息中的至少两个：所述第二恢复标识的总长度为第四预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第五预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第六预设长度。
可选地，在所述上行信息包括所述第四预设长度、所述第五预设长度、所述第六预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：根据所述上行消息包括的所述第四预设长度、所述第五预设长度、所述第六预设长度中的上述两个信息获取所述第四预设长度、所述第五预设长度、所述第六 预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，根据所述第一恢复标识发送所述第二恢复标识至所述第二基站包括：从所述第一恢复标识中长度为第二预设长度的基站信息中，按照第一预定规则截取长度为第五预设长度的信息作为所述第二恢复标识中的基站信息；从所述第一恢复标识中长度为第三预设长度的终端信息中，按照第二预定规则截取长度为第六预设长度的信息作为所述第二恢复标识中的终端信息，得到所述第二恢复标识；发送所述第二恢复标识至所述第二基站。
可选地，在根据所述第一恢复标识发送所述第二恢复标识至所述第二基站之前，所述方法还包括：接收第一基站或者第二基站发送的第二下行消息，其中，所述第二下行消息携带有用于指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，所述第二下行消息包括以下信息中的至少两个：所述第二恢复标识的总长度为第七预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第八预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第九预设长度。
可选地，在所述第二下行消息包括所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：根据所述第二下行消息包括的所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的所述两个信息获取所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，根据所述第一恢复标识发送所述第二恢复标识至所述第二基站包括：从所述第一恢复标识中长度为第二预设长度的基站信息中，按照第三预定规则截取长度为第八预设长度的信息作为所述第二恢复标识中的基站信息；从所述第一恢复标识中长度为第三预设长度的终端信息中，按照第四预定规则截取长度为第九预设长度的信息作为所述第二恢复标识中的终端信息，得到所述第二恢复标识；发送所述第二恢复标识至所述 第二基站。
可选地，所述第二下行消息包括以下之一：系统消息、为所述终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息2、为所述终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息4。
可选地，所述指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息包括以下之一：所述指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息为第一指示信息，其中，在所述第一指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第一指示信息用于指示以下之一：从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在所述第一指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第一指示信息用于指示以下之一：从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；所述指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息为第二指示信息，其中，在所述第二指示信息取值为所述第一预定值的情况下，所述第二指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在所述第二指示信息取值为所述第二预定值的情况下，所述第二指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式，其中，所述第一格式和所述第二格式为预定义格式。
可选地，所述指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息包括：所述指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息为第三指示信息，在所述第三指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者所述第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在所述第三指示信息用于取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者所述第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在所述第三指示信息用于取值为第三预定值的情况下，所述第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者所述第三指示信息用于指示 从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；或者，所述指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息为第四指示信息，在所述第四指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在所述第四指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式；在所述第四指示信息取值为第三预设值的情况下，所述第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第三格式，其中，所述第一格式、所述第二格式和所述第三格式为预定义格式。
可选地，所述第二下行消息包括以下指示信息之一：用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取一部分用作第二恢复标识的指示信息、用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取预设部分信息填入第二恢复标识的指示信息。
可选地，所述第二下行消息包括：第五指示信息，或者，第六指示信息；其中，在所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；或者，在所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式，其中，所述第一格式和所述第二格式为预定义格式。
可选地，所述用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：用于指示第四恢复标识是否为体现截断恢复标识的格式的指示信息，用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识中的指示信息，用于指示第四恢复标识中预设部分有效的指示信息。
可选地，所述用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：所述用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息为第七指示信息，或者，所述用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息为第八指示信息；其中，在所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息用于指示第四恢复标识为体现截断恢复标识的格式；在所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息用于指示第四恢复标识为完全恢复标识的格式，或者，不为体现截断恢复标识的格式；或者，在所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最高位第十预设长度比特，或者，用于指示第四恢复标识中最高位第十预设长度比特有效；在所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最低位第十一预设长度比特，或者，用于指示第四恢复标识中最低位第十一预设长度比特有效。
可选地，所述体现截断恢复标识的格式为预定义格式；或者，所述体现截断恢复标识的格式有第一预设部分比特有效的，第二预设部分比特为填充位，其中，所述体现截断恢复标识信息的长度为40比特。
可选地，所述第十预设长度、所述第十一预设长度、所述第十二预设长度相同或者不同。
可选地，所述第十预设长度、所述第十一预设长度、所述第十二预设长度通过以下方式之一确定：预先定义；通过预定方式指示，其中，所述预定方式包括以下之一：系统消息，下行消息。
可选地，所述第一预定值为1或0；或者，所述第二预定值为0或1。
可选地，所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息、 所述第四指示信息、所述第五指示信息、所述第六指示信息、所述第七指示信息和/或所述第八指示信息包括以下形式之一：所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息、所述第四指示信息、所述第五指示信息、所述第六指示信息、所述第七指示信息和/或所述第八指示信息为1个比特的信息，其中，所述1个比特的信息包括以下之一：布尔类型的信息、枚举类型的信息；所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息、所述第四指示信息、所述第五指示信息、所述第六指示信息、所述第七指示信息和/或所述第八指示信息为多个比特的信息，其中，所述多个比特的信息包括：枚举类型的信息。
根据本公开的另一个实施例，提供了一种连接处理方法，包括：获取终端的接入层传输的指示信息，其中，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端的非接入层执行预定操作；根据所述指示信息的指示执行预定操作。
可选地，根据所述指示信息的指示执行预定操作包括：获取所述指示信息的指示类型，其中，所述指示类型包括以下至少之一：挂起保留指示、窄带物联网终端类型指示、NAS信令处理指示、连接恢复已经失败指示、连接已经挂起指示、基站支持CP优化指示、基站支持UP优化指示；在所述指示类型包括所述挂起保留指示的情况下，根据所述挂起保留指示执行所述挂起保留指示所指示的预定操作，其中，所述挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：保留挂起标识、清除所述挂起标识、所述非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态、离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态；在所述指示类型包括所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的情况下，根据所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的指示获取所述终端的终端类型；在所述指示类型包括所述NAS信令处理指示的情况下，根据所述NAS信令处理指示的指示将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层，或者，根据所述NAS信令处理指示的指示不将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层；在所述指示类型包括所述连接恢复已经失败指示的情况下，根据所述连接恢复已经失败指示的指示将 缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层，并进入连接状态；在所述指示类型包括所述连接已经挂起指示的情况下，根据所述连接已经挂起指示的指示进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态；在所述指示类型包括所述基站支持CP优化指示的情况下，根据所述基站支持CP优化指示的指示确定在用于附着的NAS信令中是否推荐使用CP优化方案，或者，根据所述基站支持CP优化指示的指示确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用CP优化方案；在所述指示类型包括所述基站支持UP优化指示的情况下，根据所述基站支持UP优化指示的指示确定在用于附着的NAS信令中是否推荐使用UP优化方案，或者，根据所述基站支持UP优化指示的指示确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用UP优化方案。
可选地，根据所述指示信息的指示执行所述预定操作包括以下至少之一：在所述基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第七预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中推荐使用CP优化方案；或者，在所述基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第八预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中不推荐使用CP优化方案；在所述基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第九预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中推荐使用UP优化方案；或者，在所述基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第十预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中不推荐使用UP优化方案。
可选地，根据所述指示信息的指示执行所述预定操作包括：如果非接入层当前处于不带挂起标识的空闲状态，在所述基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第七预设值的情况下，发送NAS信令一或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接；在所述基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第八预设值的情况下，发送NAS信令二或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接。
可选地，根据所述指示信息的指示执行预定操作包括：如果非接入层当前处于带有挂起标识的空闲状态，在所述基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第九预设值的情况下，缓存NAS信令二或NAS信令三并要求接入层恢复连接；在所述基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第十预设值的情况下，发 送NAS信令二或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接。
可选地，NAS信令一为数据业务请求NAS信令，NSA信令二为业务请求NAS信令，NAS信令三为跟踪区更新NAS信令。
可选地，根据所述指示信息的指示执行预定操作包括以下至少之一：在所述挂起保留指示的取值为第一预设值的情况下，根据所述挂起保留指示的指示执行所述预定操作，其中，所述预定操作包括以下之一：保留所述挂起标识、所述非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态；在所述挂起保留指示的取值为第二预设值的情况下，清除所述挂起标识、所述非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态；在所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第三预设值的情况下，获取所述终端的所述终端类型为所述窄带物联网终端；在所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第四预设值的情况下，获取所述终端的所述终端类型为所述非窄带物联网终端；在所述NAS信令处理指示的取值为第五预设值的情况下，将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层；在所述NAS信令处理指示的取值为第六预设值的情况下，不将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层。
根据本公开的另一个实施例，提供了一种连接处理方法，包括：向终端发送第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；其中，所述第一恢复标识用于所述终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
可选地，在向所述终端发送所述第一下行消息和/或所述第一恢复标识之后，所述方法还包括：接收所述终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送的上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
可选地，所述第一下行消息携带有用于指示向终端发送的所述第一恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，所述用于指示第一恢复标识格式的信息包括：用于指示所述第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示所述第一恢复标 识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，所述第一下行消息包括以下信息中的至少两个：所述第一恢复标识的总长度为第一预设长度、所述第一恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第二预设长度、所述第一恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第三预设长度。
可选地，在所述第一下行信息包括所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：根据所述第一下行消息包括的所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的所述两个信息获取所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，所述上行消息携带有用于指示所述终端发送的所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，在接收所述终端发送的所述上行消息和/或所述第二恢复标识之前，所述方法还包括：向所述终端发送第二下行消息，其中，所述第二下行消息携带有用于指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，所述第二下行消息包括以下信息中的至少两个：所述第二恢复标识的总长度为第七预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第八预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第九预设长度。
可选地，在所述第二下行消息包括所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：根据所述第二下行消息包括的所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的所述两个信息获取所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，所述第二下行消息包括以下之一：系统消息、为所述终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息2、为所述终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息4。
根据本公开的另一个实施例，提供了一种连接处理装置，包括：第一接收模块，设置为接收连接请求，其中，所述连接请求用于请求建立或者恢复与基站之间的连接；指示模块，设置为根据获取到的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作。
根据本公开的另一个实施例，提供了一种连接处理装置，包括：第二接收模块，设置为接收第一基站发送的第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；第一发送模块，设置为根据所述第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至第二基站。
可选地，所述装置还包括：第三接收模块，设置为接收第一基站或者第二基站发送的第二下行消息，其中，所述第二下行消息携带有用于指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
根据本公开的另一个实施例，提供了一种连接处理装置，包括：获取模块，设置为获取终端的接入层传输的指示信息，其中，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端的非接入层执行预定操作；执行模块，设置为根据所述指示信息的指示执行预定操作。
根据本公开的另一个实施例，提供了一种连接处理装置，包括：第二发送模块，设置为向终端发送第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；其中，所述第一恢复标识用于所述终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
可选地，所述装置还包括：第四接收模块，设置为接收所述终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送的上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
可选地，所述装置还包括：第三发送模块，设置为向所述终端发送第二下行消息，其中，所述第二下行消息携带有用于指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
根据本公开的另一个实施例，提供了一种连接处理方法，包括：第一网元接收终端发送的第三恢复标识和/或第一消息，其中，所述第一消息用于携带所述第三恢复标识；第一网元根据所述第三恢复标识构造第四恢复 标识和/或第二消息，并将所述第四恢复标识和/或所述第二消息传递给一个或者多个第二网元，其中，所述第四恢复标识用于请求所述一个或者多个第二网元根据所述第四恢复标识将终端上下文信息传递给所述第一网元，所述第二消息用于携带所述第四恢复标识。
可选地，所述第二消息携带有用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息。
可选地，所述第四恢复标识携带有用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息。
可选地，所述用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：用于指示所述第四恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息、用于指示所述第四恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则包括以下至少之一：所述第四恢复标识的总长度、所述第四恢复标识的有效比特的长度、所述第四恢复标识中携带的有效比特的起始位置或有效比特的起始位置相对于第一预定位置的偏移量、所述第四恢复标识中是否携带有基站信息、所述第四恢复标识中是否携带有终端信息、所述第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息的长度、所述第四恢复标识中携带的终端信息的长度、所述第四恢复标识中细带的基站信息的起始位置或基站信息的起始位置相对于第二预定位置的偏移量、所述第四恢复标识中携带的终端信息的起始位置或终端信息的起始位置相对于第三预定位置的偏移量、所述第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息和终端信息的总长度、所述第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息和终端信息的起始位置或基站信息和终端信息的起始位置相对于第四预定位置的偏移量、所述第四恢复标识中是否携带有预设信息、所述第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的含义、所述第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的长度、所述第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的起始位置或预设信息的起始位置相对于第五预定位置的偏移量、所述第四恢复标识中携带 的基站信息、终端信息和预设信息的总长度、所述第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息、终端信息和预设信息的起始位置或基站信息、终端信息和预设信息的起始位置相对于第六预定位置的偏移量。
可选地，所述第一网元包括以下之一：第一MME、第一基站、第一小区、目标MME、目标基站、目标小区、终端发起连接恢复的MME、终端发起连接恢复的基站、终端发起连接恢复的小区；所述第二网元包括以下之一：第二MME、第二基站、第二小区、源MME、源基站、源小区、存储有终端上下文信息的MME、存储有终端上下文信息的基站、存储有终端上下文信息的小区。
可选地，所述第一消息包括：空中接口连接恢复请求消息RRCConnectionResumeRequest Message；所述第二消息包括以下之一：X2接口获取终端上下文信息请求消息X2 RETRIEVE UE CONTEXT REQUEST Message、S1接口执行终端上下文信息获取的请求消息。
根据本公开的另一个实施例，提供了一种连接处理装置，应用于第一网元，包括：第五接收模块，设置为接收终端发送的第三恢复标识和/或第一消息，其中，所述第一消息用于携带所述第三恢复标识；处理模块，设置为第一网元根据所述第三恢复标识构造第四恢复标识和/或第二消息，并将所述第四恢复标识和/或所述第二消息传递给一个或者多个第二网元，其中，所述第四恢复标识用于请求所述一个或者多个第二网元根据所述第四恢复标识将终端上下文信息传递给所述第一网元，所述第二消息用于携带所述第四恢复标识。
根据本发明的又一个实施例，还提供了一种存储介质，所述存储介质包括存储的程序，其中，所述程序运行时执行上述任一项所述的方法。
根据本发明的又一个实施例，还提供了一种处理器，所述处理器用于运行程序，其中，所述程序运行时执行上述任一项所述的方法。
通过本公开，接收连接请求，其中，连接请求用于请求建立或者恢复与基站之间的连接；根据获取到的连接请求对应的第一连接结果，指示终 端的非接入层执行预定操作，由此可见，采用上述方案，可以根据连接请求的第一连接结果指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作，使终端的接入层与非接入层的操作一致，从而解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
附图说明
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本公开的进一步理解，构成本申请的一部分，本公开的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本公开，并不构成对本公开的不当限定。在附图中：
图1是本公开实施例的一种连接处理方法的移动终端的硬件结构框图；
图2是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理方法的流程图一；
图3是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理方法的流程图二；
图4是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理方法的流程图三；
图5是根据本公开可选示例的发送附着消息前的NAS层判定方法的流程图；
图6是根据本公开可选示例的收到附着接受消息后的NAS层判定方法的流程图一；
图7是根据本公开可选示例的收到附着接受消息后的NAS层判定方法的流程图二；
图8是根据本公开可选示例的收到附着接受消息后的NAS层判定方法的流程图三；
图9是根据本公开可选示例的收到附着接受消息后的NAS层判定方法的流程图四；
图10是根据本公开可选示例的有数据或信令要发送前的NAS层判定方法的流程图一；
图11是根据本公开可选示例的有数据或信令要发送前的NAS层判定 方法的流程图二；
图12是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理方法的流程图四；
图13是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图一；
图14是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图二；
图15是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图三；
图16是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图四；
图17是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图五；
图18是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图六；
图19是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图七；
图20是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理方法的流程图五；
图21是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图八。
具体实施方式
下文中将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本公开。需要说明的是，在不冲突的情况下，本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。
需要说明的是，本公开的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象，而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。
实施例1
本申请实施例1所提供的方法实施例可以在移动终端、计算机终端或者类似的运算装置中执行。以运行在移动终端上为例，图1是本公开实施例的一种连接处理方法的移动终端的硬件结构框图，如图1所示，移动终端10可以包括一个或多个(图中仅示出一个)处理器102(处理器102可以包括但不限于微处理器MCU或可编程逻辑器件FPGA等的处理装置)、用于存储数据的存储器104、以及用于通信功能的传输装置106。本领域普通技术人员可以理解，图1所示的结构仅为示意，其并不对上述电 子装置的结构造成限定。例如，移动终端10还可包括比图1中所示更多或者更少的组件，或者具有与图1所示不同的配置。
存储器104可用于存储应用软件的软件程序以及模块，如本公开实施例中的载波相位恢复方法对应的程序指令/模块，处理器102通过运行存储在存储器104内的软件程序以及模块，从而执行各种功能应用以及数据处理，即实现上述的方法。存储器104可包括高速随机存储器，还可包括非易失性存储器，如一个或者多个磁性存储装置、闪存、或者其他非易失性固态存储器。在一些实例中，存储器104可进一步包括相对于处理器102远程设置的存储器，这些远程存储器可以通过网络连接至移动终端10。上述网络的实例包括但不限于互联网、企业内部网、局域网、移动通信网及其组合。
传输装置106用于经由一个网络接收或者发送数据。上述的网络具体实例可包括移动终端10的通信供应商提供的无线网络。在一个实例中，传输装置106包括一个网络适配器(Network Interface Controller，NIC)，其可通过基站与其他网络设备相连从而可与互联网进行通讯。在一个实例中，传输装置106可以为射频(Radio Frequency，RF)模块，其用于通过无线方式与互联网进行通讯。
在本实施例中提供了一种连接处理方法，图2是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理方法的流程图一，如图2所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S202，接收连接请求，其中，连接请求用于请求建立或者恢复与基站之间的连接；
步骤S204，根据获取到的连接请求对应的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作。
可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于用户面优化的场景中。例如：在机器间通信方式中的用户面优化场景。
可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于终端，例如：手机，平板电脑，笔记本电脑，智能穿戴设备等。可选地，上述连接处理方法可 以但不限于应用于终端的接入层。
通过上述步骤，接收连接请求，其中，连接请求用于请求建立或者恢复与基站之间的连接；根据获取到的连接请求对应的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作，由此可见，采用上述方案，可以根据连接请求的第一连接结果指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作，使终端的接入层与非接入层的操作一致，从而解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
可选地，根据获取到的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作包括以下方式之一：
方式一，向终端的非接入层发送携带有指示信息的一个或多个第一指示消息。
方式二，向终端的非接入层发送携带有指示信息的一个或多个第一指示消息和用于指示第二连接结果的第二指示消息。
方式三，向终端的非接入层发送用于指示第二连接结果并携带有指示信息的第三指示消息。
其中，上述三种方式中的指示信息用于指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作。
可选地，指示信息可以但不限于包括以下至少之一：
指示1：挂起保留指示，其中，挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：非接入层保留挂起标识、非接入层清除挂起标识、非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
指示2：窄带物联网终端类型指示，其中，窄带物联网终端类型指示用于指示非接入层终端为窄带物联网终端，或者，窄带物联网终端类型指示用于指示非接入层终端为非窄带物联网终端。
指示3：NAS信令处理指示，其中，NAS信令处理指示用于指示非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层，或者，NAS信令处理指示用于指示非接入层不将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
指示4：连接恢复已经失败指示，其中，连接恢复已经失败指示用于指示非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层，以及，指示非接入层进入连接状态。
指示5：连接已经挂起指示，其中，连接已经挂起指示用于指示非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
例如：在本公开的一个示例中，终端的接入层接收到重建立拒绝消息且这个重建立拒绝消息携带有挂起信息，终端的接入层可以给终端的非接入层发送连接已经挂起指示，以指示终端的非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
指示6：基站支持CP优化指示，其中，基站支持CP优化指示用于指示基站是否支持CP优化方案，基站是否支持CP优化方案可以但不限于表示为：确定在用于附着和/或跟踪区更新的NAS信令中是否推荐使用CP优化方案，或者，确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用CP优化方案。
指示7：基站支持UP优化指示，其中，基站支持UP优化指示用于指示基站是否支持UP优化方案，基站是否支持UP优化方案可以但不限于表示为：确定在用于附着和/或跟踪区更新的NAS信令中是否推荐使用UP优化方案，或者，确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用UP优化方案。
可选地，在挂起保留指示的取值为第一预设值的情况下，挂起保留指示可以但不限于用于指示以下之一：非接入层保留挂起标识、非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态。在挂起保留指示的取值为第二预设值的情况下，挂起保留指示可以但不限于用于指示以下之一：非接入层清除挂起标识、非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
可选地，挂起保留指示可以但不限于为1比特数值；第一预设值可以但不限于为1，或failure to resume with suspend；第二预设值可以但不限于为0，或failure to resume without suspend。
可选地，第一连接结果可以但不限于包括以下之一：终端的接入层因未通过Access Barring检测而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、终端的接入层接收到连接拒绝消息且连接拒绝消息携带有挂起信息、终端的接入层接收到连接拒绝消息且连接拒绝消息未携带有挂起信息、终端的接入层接收到重建立拒绝消息且重建立拒绝消息携带有挂起信息、终端的接入层在发送消息3Msg3后启动的定时器超时、终端的接入层因当前所处基站不支持UP优化方式而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、终端的接入层因没有存储的接入层上下文信息而无法发送连接恢复请求消息。
可选地，在窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第三预设值的情况下，窄带物联网终端类型指示可以但不限于用于指示非接入层终端为窄带物联网终端。在窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第四预设值的情况下，窄带物联网终端类型指示可以但不限于用于指示非接入层终端为非窄带物联网终端。
可选地，窄带物联网终端类型指示可以但不限于为1比特数值；第三预设值可以但不限于为1；第四预设值可以但不限于为0。
可选地，第一连接结果可以但不限于包括：终端的接入层在接收到连接拒绝消息之后给非接入层传递扩展等待定时器。
可选地，在NAS信令处理指示的取值为第五预设值的情况下，NAS信令处理指示可以但不限于用于指示非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层，和/或，NAS信令处理指示用于指示非接入层进入连接状态。在NAS信令处理指示的取值为第六预设值的情况下，NAS信令处理指示可以但不限于用于指示非接入层不将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
可选地，NAS信令处理指示可以但不限于为1比特数值；第五预设值 可以但不限于为1；第六预设值可以但不限于为0。
可选地，第一连接结果可以但不限于包括以下之一：终端的接入层因当前所处基站不支持UP优化方式而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、终端的接入层因没有存储的接入层上下文信息而无法发送连接恢复请求消息。
可选地，在上述步骤S202之后，可以根据连接请求的请求类型，记录连接请求为连接建立请求或者连接恢复请求。
可选地，第二连接结果可以但不限于包括以下之一：连接恢复失败failure to resume the RRC connection、连接建立失败failure to establish the RRC connection。
下面根据几个可选示例对连接处理的流程进行描述和说明。
在一个可选示例中，终端的接入层收到终端的非接入层发来的连接恢复请求指示，但是终端的接入层发现基站不支持UP优化方式或没有存储的接入层上下文信息，终端的接入层可以标记NAS层请求恢复，清除其存储的接入层上下文(如果存在的话)，发送连接建立请求消息RRCConnectionRequest，而非连接恢复请求消息RRCConnectionResumeRequest。后续终端收到基站发送的连接建立消息RRCConnectionSetup，根据NAS层请求恢复标记，终端的接入层可以向终端的非接入层发送连接恢复已经失败(RRC connection resume has failed)指示。
在另一个可选示例中，终端的接入层收到终端的非接入层发来的连接恢复请求指示，但是终端的接入层发现基站不支持UP优化方式或没有存储的接入层上下文信息，终端的接入层可以标记NAS层请求恢复，清除其存储的接入层上下文(如果存在的话)，发送连接建立请求消息RRCConnectionRequest，而非连接恢复请求消息RRCConnectionResumeRequest。后续终端收到基站发送的连接建立消息RRCConnectionSetup，根据NAS层请求恢复标记，终端的接入层可以向终端的非接入层发送NAS信令处理指示，用于指示终端的非接入层将缓 存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
在又一个可选示例中，终端的接入层收到终端的非接入层发送的连接恢复请求指示，但是终端的接入层发现基站不支持UP优化方式或没有存储的接入层上下文信息，终端的接入层可以清除其存储的接入层上下文(如果存在的话)，发送连接建立请求消息RRCConnectionRequest，而非连接恢复请求消息RRCConnectionResumeRequest。后续终端收到基站发送的连接建立消息RRCConnectionSetup，在发送RRCConnectionSetupComplete消息之前，如果终端的接入层发现没有待发送的NAS信令，终端的接入层可以向非接入层发送NAS信令处理指示，用于指示终端的非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
在又一个可选示例中，终端的接入层收到终端的非接入层发来的连接恢复请求指示，但是，终端的接入层发现基站不支持UP优化方式或没有存储的接入层上下文信息，终端的接入层可以清除其存储的接入层上下文(如果存在的话)，并向终端的非接入层发送恢复失败和/或取值为第二预设值的挂起保留指示，用于指示终端的非接入层进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态，隐含地，终端的非接入层可以清除其缓存的NAS信令，并立即或等待一段时间后再次发起连接建立请求。
在又一个可选示例中，终端的接入层接收到终端的非接入层发来的连接恢复请求指示，但是终端的接入层发现基站不支持UP优化方式或没有存储的接入层上下文信息，终端的接入层可以清除其存储的接入层上下文(如果存在的话)，并向非接入层发送failure to resume without suspend指示，用于指示终端的非接入层进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态，隐含地，终端的非接入层可以清除缓存的NAS信令，并立即或等待一段时间后再次发起连接建立请求。
可选地，第二指示消息或者第三指示消息可以但不限于包括：恢复失败指示，failure to resume指示。
可选地，第三指示消息可以但不限于包括以下之一：failure to resume  with suspend、failure to resume without suspend。
在一个示例中，提供了一种连接处理方法，终端的接入层接收到连接拒绝消息，如果其中包含挂起信息，终端的接入层可以给终端的非接入层发送failure to resume with suspend指示，以指示终端的非接入层维持带有挂起标识的空闲状态。如果其中未包含挂起信息，终端的接入层可以给终端的非接入层发送failure to resume without suspend指示，以指示终端的非接入层清除挂起标识，并进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态。
在另一个示例中，提供了一种连接处理方法，终端的接入层因接入检测失败而无法发出恢复请求消息，终端的接入层可以给终端的非接入层发送failure to resume with suspend指示，以指示终端的非接入层维持带有挂起标识的空闲状态。根据本公开的另一个实施例，提供了一种连接处理方法，在发送消息3(连接恢复请求消息)后设置的定时器超时时，终端的接入层可以给终端的非接入层发送failure to resume with suspend指示，以指示终端的非接入层维持带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
实施例2
在本实施例中提供了一种连接处理方法，图3是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理方法的流程图二，如图3所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S302，接收第一基站发送的第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；
步骤S304，根据第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至第二基站。
可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于用户面优化的场景中。例如：在机器间通信方式中的用户面优化场景。
可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于终端，例如：手机，平板电脑，笔记本电脑，智能穿戴设备等。可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于终端的非接入层。
通过上述步骤，接收基站发送的第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；根据第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至基站，由此可见，采用 上述方案，根据基站发送的第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至基站，使终端和基站在用户面优化过程中的操作一致，从而解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
在本实施例中，第一基站和第二基站可以是相同的基站，也可以是不同的基站。
可选地，第一下行消息可以但不限于携带有用于指示第一基站发送的第一恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，用于指示第一恢复标识格式的信息可以但不限于包括：用于指示第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，第一下行消息可以但不限于包括以下信息中的至少两个：第一恢复标识的总长度为第一预设长度、第一恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第二预设长度、第一恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第三预设长度。
可选地，在第一下行信息包括第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，可以但不限于根据第一下行消息包括的第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的两个信息获取第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，上行消息可以但不限于携带有用于指示向第二基站发送的第二恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，用于指示第二恢复标识格式的信息可以但不限于包括：用于指示第二恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示第二恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，上行消息可以但不限于包括以下信息中的至少两个：第二恢复标识的总长度为第四预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第五预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第六预设长度。
可选地，在上行信息包括第四预设长度、第五预设长度、第六预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，可以但不限于根据上行消息包括的第四预设长度、第五预设长度、第六预设长度中的上述两个信息获取第四预设长度、第五预设长度、第六预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，在上述步骤S304中，可以但不限于通过以下方式构造并发送第二恢复标识：从第一恢复标识中长度为第二预设长度的基站信息中，按照第一预定规则截取长度为第五预设长度的信息作为第二恢复标识中的基站信息；从第一恢复标识中长度为第三预设长度的终端信息中，按照第二预定规则截取长度为第六预设长度的信息作为第二恢复标识中的终端信息，得到第二恢复标识；发送第二恢复标识至第二基站。
可选地，可以由第一基站或者第二基站指示第二恢复标志的格式，例如：在上述步骤S304之前，可以接收第一基站或者第二基站发送的第二下行消息，其中，第二下行消息携带有用于指示第二恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，第二下行消息可以但不限于包括以下信息中的至少两个：第二恢复标识的总长度为第七预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第八预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第九预设长度。
可选地，在第二下行消息包括第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，可以但不限于根据第二下行消息包括的第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的两个信息获取第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，可以但不限于通过以下方式构造并向基站发送第二恢复标识：从第一恢复标识中长度为第二预设长度的基站信息中，按照第三预定规则截取长度为第八预设长度的信息作为第二恢复标识中的基站信息；从第一恢复标识中长度为第三预设长度的终端信息中，按照第四预定规则截取长度为第九预设长度的信息作为第二恢复标识中的终端信息，得到第二恢复标识；发送第二恢复标识至第二基站。
可选地，第二下行消息可以但不限于包括以下之一：系统消息、为终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息2、为终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息4。
可选地，指示第二恢复标识格式的信息包括以下之一：指示第二恢复标识格式的信息为第一指示信息，其中，在第一指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第一指示信息用于指示以下之一：从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在第一指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第一指示信息用于指示以下之一：从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；指示第二恢复标识格式的信息为第二指示信息，其中，在第二指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第二指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在第二指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第二指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式，其中，第一格式和第二格式为预定义格式。
例如，指示第二恢复标识格式的信息包括以下：该信息为1个比特的指示信息。该指示信息取值为第一预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。或者，该信息为1个比特的指示信息。该指示信息取值为第一预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第一格式。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式。其中，第一格式、第二格式为预定义格式。
可选地，指示第二恢复标识格式的信息包括：指示第二恢复标识格式的信息为第三指示信息，在第三指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用 作第二恢复标识，或者第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在第三指示信息用于取值为第二预定值的情况下，第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在第三指示信息用于取值为第三预定值的情况下，第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；或者，指示第二恢复标识格式的信息为第四指示信息，在第四指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在第四指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式；在第四指示信息取值为第三预设值的情况下，第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第三格式，其中，第一格式、第二格式和第三格式为预定义格式。
例如，指示第二恢复标识格式的信息包括以下：该信息为2个比特的指示信息，该指示信息取值为第一预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。该指示信息取值为第三预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。或者，该信息为2个比特的指示信息，该指示信息取值为第一预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第一格式。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第二格式。该指示取值为第三预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第三格式。其中，第一格式、第二格式、第三格式为预定义格式。
可选地，第二下行消息包括以下指示信息之一：用于指示从第一恢复 标识中截取一部分用作第二恢复标识的指示信息、用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取预设部分信息填入第二恢复标识的指示信息。
例如，第二下行消息包括以下指示信息：该指示信息指示从第一恢复标识中截取一部分用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取一部分填入第二恢复标识。
可选地，第二下行消息包括：第五指示信息，或者，第六指示信息；其中，在第五指示信息或者第六指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第五指示信息或者第六指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在第五指示信息或者第六指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第五指示信息或者第六指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；或者，在第五指示信息或者第六指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第五指示信息或者第六指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在第五指示信息或者第六指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第五指示信息或者第六指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式，其中，第一格式和第二格式为预定义格式。
例如，第二下行消息包括以下指示信息：该指示信息为1个比特的指示信息。或者，该指示信息为2个比特的指示信息。该指示取值为第一预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。或者，该指示信息为1个比特的指示信息。或者，该指示信息为2个比特的指示信息。该指示信息取值为第一预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第一格式。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式。其中，第 一格式、第二格式为预定义格式。
可选地，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：用于指示第四恢复标识是否为体现截断恢复标识的格式的指示信息，用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识中的指示信息，用于指示第四恢复标识中预设部分有效的指示信息。
例如，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：该信息指示第四恢复标识是否为体现截断恢复标识的格式。或者，指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识中，或者，指示第四恢复标识中一部分有效。
可选地，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息为第七指示信息，或者，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息为第八指示信息；其中，在第七指示信息或者第八指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第七指示信息或者第八指示信息用于指示第四恢复标识为体现截断恢复标识的格式；在第七指示信息或者第八指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第七指示信息或者第八指示信息用于指示第四恢复标识为完全恢复标识的格式，或者，不为体现截断恢复标识的格式；或者，在第七指示信息或者第八指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第七指示信息或者第八指示信息用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最高位第十预设长度比特，或者，用于指示第四恢复标识中最高位第十预设长度比特有效；在第七指示信息或者第八指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第七指示信息或者第八指示信息用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最低位第十一预设长度比特，或者，用于指示第四恢复标识中最低位第十一预设长度比特有效。
例如，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：该信息为1个比特的指示信息。或者，该信息为2个比特的指示信息。该信息取值为第一预定值，指示第四恢复标识为体现截 断恢复标识的格式，该信息取值为第二预定值，指示第四恢复标识为完全恢复标识的格式，或者，不为体现截断恢复标识的格式。或者，该信息取值为第一预定值，指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最高位第十预设长度比特，或者，指示第四恢复标识中最高位第十预设长度比特有效。该信息取值为第二预定值，指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最低位第十一预设长度比特，或者，指示第四恢复标识中最低位第十一预设长度比特有效。
可选地，体现截断恢复标识的格式为预定义格式；或者，体现截断恢复标识的格式有第一预设部分比特有效的，第二预设部分比特为填充位，其中，能体现截断恢复标识信息的长度为40比特。
例如，体现截断恢复标识的格式为预定义格式，或者，为只有部分比特有效的，其他比特为填充位，能体现截断恢复标识信息的长度为40比特。
可选地，第十预设长度，第十一预设长度，第十二预设长度可以相同，也可以不同。
可选地，第十预设长度、第十一预设长度、第十二预设长度通过以下方式之一确定：预先定义；通过预定方式指示，其中，预定方式包括以下之一：系统消息，下行消息。
例如，第十预设长度和/或第十一预设长度和/或第十二预设长度可以预先定义，也可以通过其他方式指示，其他方式包括但不限于：系统消息，其他下行消息。
可选地，上述的指示信息为1比特，第一预定值为1或0，第二与预定值为0或1。
在本实施例中，提供了以下几个示例。
示例一，源基站在挂起过程中将长度为40比特的完全恢复标识发送给终端，目标基站通过系统消息指示终端上报长度为24比特的截断恢复标识。目标基站通过系统消息发送1比特指示给终端，当该指示取值为1 (或0)时，终端从完全恢复标识中截取最低位24比特用作截断恢复标识，当该指示取值为0(或1)时，终端从完全恢复标识中截取最高位24比特用作截断恢复标识。
示例二，源基站在挂起过程中将长度为40比特的完全恢复标识发送给终端，目标基站通过系统消息指示终端上报长度为24比特的截断恢复标识。目标基站通过系统消息发送2比特指示给终端，当该指示取值为00时，终端从完全恢复标识中截取最低位24比特用作截断恢复标识，当该指示取值为01时，终端从完全恢复标识中截取最高位24比特用作截断恢复标识。当该指示取值为10时，终端从完全恢复标识中截取中间24比特用作截断恢复标识。
示例三，目标基站收到终端发来的24比特截断恢复标识，填入X2接口获取终端上下文信息请求消息携带的完全恢复标识中，同时携带1比特指示。该指示取值为1(或0)，指示该恢复标识为全部比特都有效的长度为40比特的完全恢复标识。该指示取值为0(或1)，指示该恢复标识为采用预定义格式的，只有部分比特有效的，其他比特为填充位，能体现截断恢复标识信息的长度为40比特。并将该消息发送给一个或多个源基站。
示例四，目标基站收到终端发来的24比特截断恢复标识，填入X2接口获取终端上下文信息请求消息携带的完全恢复标识中，同时携带1比特指示。该指示取值为1(或0)，指示将截断恢复标识填入完全恢复标识的高24比特，或者，指示完全恢复标识的高24比特有效。该指示取值为0(或1)，指示将截断恢复标识填入完全恢复标识的低24比特，或者，指示完全恢复标识的低24比特有效。并将该消息发送给一个或多个源基站。
示例五，目标基站收到终端发来的24比特截断恢复标识，填入X2接口获取终端上下文信息请求消息携带的完全恢复标识中，同时携带2比特指示。该指示取值为00，指示将截断恢复标识填入完全恢复标识的高24比特，或者，指示完全恢复标识的高24比特有效。该指示取值为01， 指示将截断恢复标识填入完全恢复标识的低24比特，或者，指示完全恢复标识的低24比特有效。或者，该指示取值为10，指示将截断恢复标识填入X2接口终端上下文提取消息携带的完全恢复标识的中间24比特，或者，指示完全恢复标识的中间24比特有效。并将该消息发送给一个或多个源基站。
可选地，第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息、第五指示信息、第六指示信息、第七指示信息和/或第八指示信息包括以下形式之一：第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息、第五指示信息、第六指示信息、第七指示信息和/或第八指示信息为1个比特的信息，其中，1个比特的信息包括以下之一：布尔类型的信息、枚举类型的信息；第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息、第五指示信息、第六指示信息、第七指示信息和/或第八指示信息为多个比特的信息，其中，多个比特的信息包括：枚举类型的信息。
实施例3
在本实施例中提供了一种连接处理方法，图4是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理方法的流程图三，如图4所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S402，获取终端的接入层传输的指示信息，其中，指示信息用于指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作；
步骤S404，根据指示信息的指示执行预定操作。
可选地，上述连接处理装置可以但不限于应用于用户面优化的场景中。例如：在机器间通信方式中的用户面优化场景。
可选地，上述连接处理装置可以但不限于应用于终端，例如：手机，平板电脑，笔记本电脑，智能穿戴设备等。可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于终端的非接入层。
通过上述步骤，获取终端的接入层传输的指示信息，其中，指示信息用于指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作；根据指示信息的指示执行预定操 作，由此可见，采用上述方案可以根据终端的接入层的指示执行预定操作，使终端的接入层与非接入层的操作一致，从而解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
可选地，在上述步骤S404中，可以获取指示信息的指示类型，其中，指示类型包括以下至少之一：挂起保留指示、窄带物联网终端类型指示、NAS信令处理指示、连接恢复已经失败指示、连接已经挂起指示、基站支持CP优化指示、基站支持UP优化指示。
在指示类型包括挂起保留指示的情况下，根据挂起保留指示执行挂起保留指示所指示的预定操作，其中，挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：保留挂起标识、清除挂起标识、非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态、离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
在指示类型包括窄带物联网终端类型指示的情况下，根据窄带物联网终端类型指示的指示获取终端的终端类型。
在指示类型包括NAS信令处理指示的情况下，根据NAS信令处理指示的指示将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层，或者，根据NAS信令处理指示的指示不将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
在指示类型包括连接恢复已经失败指示的情况下，根据连接恢复已经失败指示的指示将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层，并进入连接状态。
在指示类型包括连接已经挂起指示的情况下，根据连接已经挂起指示的指示进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
在指示类型包括基站支持CP优化指示的情况下，根据基站支持CP优化指示的指示确定在用于附着的NAS信令中是否推荐使用CP优化方案，或者，根据基站支持CP优化指示的指示确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用CP优化方案。
在指示类型包括基站支持UP优化指示的情况下，根据基站支持UP优化指示的指示确定在用于附着的NAS信令中是否推荐使用UP优化方案，或者，根据基站支持UP优化指示的指示确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用UP优化方案。
可选地，在上述步骤S404中，可以包括以下情况至少之一：
在基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第七预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中推荐使用CP优化方案；或者，在基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第八预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中不推荐使用CP优化方案；
在基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第九预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中推荐使用UP优化方案；或者，在基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第十预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中不推荐使用UP优化方案。
可选地，在上述步骤S404中，如果非接入层当前处于不带挂起标识的空闲状态，在基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第七预设值的情况下，发送NAS信令一或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接；在基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第八预设值的情况下，发送NAS信令二或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接。
可选地，在上述步骤S404中，如果非接入层当前处于带有挂起标识的空闲状态，在基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第九预设值的情况下，缓存NAS信令二或NAS信令三并要求接入层恢复连接；在基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第十预设值的情况下，发送NAS信令二或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接。
可选地，上述NAS信令一可以但不限于为数据业务请求NAS信令，上述NSA信令二可以但不限于为业务请求NAS信令，上述NAS信令三可以但不限于为跟踪区更新NAS信令。
下面根据可选示例对上述链接处理的流程进行说明和描述。
在一个可选示例中，提供了发送附着消息前的NAS层判定方法，图5是根据本公开可选示例的发送附着消息前的NAS层判定方法的流程图，如图5所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S502，终端开机或发起跟踪区更新。
步骤S504，终端是否支持CIoT优化？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S506；否则，执行步骤S534。
步骤S506，终端是否支持CP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S508；否则，执行步骤S526。
步骤S508，基站是否支持CP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S510；否则，执行步骤S516。
步骤S510，终端是否支持UP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S512；否则，执行步骤S514。
步骤S512，NAS发起附着或跟踪区更新流程，且NAS信令中指示支持CIoT优化中的CP方式，支持CIoT优化的UP方式，推荐CP方式。
步骤S514，NAS发起附着或跟踪区更新流程，且NAS信令指示支持CIoT优化中的CP方式，不支持CIoT优化的UP方式，推荐CP方式。
步骤S516，终端是否支持UP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S518；否则，执行步骤S524。
步骤S518，基站是否支持UP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S520；否则，执行步骤S522。
步骤S520，NAS发起附着流程或跟踪区更新流程，且NAS信令中指示支持CIoT优化中的CP方式，支持CIoT优化的UP方式，推荐UP方式。
步骤S524，NAS发起附着流程或跟踪区更新流程，且NAS信令中指示支持CIoT优化中的CP方式，不支持CIoT优化的UP方式，无推荐方式(基站不支持终端仅支持的CP方式)。
步骤S526，终端是否支持UP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S528；否则，执行步骤S534。
步骤S528，基站是否支持UP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S530；否则，执行步骤S532。
步骤S530，NAS发起附着流程或跟踪区更新流程，且NAS信令中指示不支持CIoT优化中的CP方式，支持CIoT优化的UP方式，推荐UP方式。
步骤S532，NAS发起附着流程或跟踪区更新流程，且NAS信令中指示不支持CIoT优化中的CP方式，支持CIoT优化的UP方式，无推荐方式(基站不支持终端仅支持的UP方式)。
步骤S534，NAS发起附着或跟踪区更新流程，且NAS信令中指示不支持CIoT优化的CP或UP方式。
在另一个可选示例中，提供了收到附着接受消息后的NAS层判定方法，终端NAS层根据自己的能力和推荐(如下四种情况)，结合MME发来的附着接受消息中的信息，确定使用的方式。
情况一，图6是根据本公开可选示例的收到附着接受消息后的NAS层判定方法的流程图一，如图6所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S602，终端NAS发起附着或跟踪区更新流程时，指示支持CIoT优化中的CP方式，支持CIoT优化的UP方式，推荐CP方式。
步骤S604，MME是否支持CP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S612；否则，执行步骤S606。
步骤S606，MME是否支持UP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S610；否则，执行步骤S608。
步骤S608，确定不采用CIoT优化。
步骤S610，确定采用UP方式。
步骤S612，确定采用CP方式。
情况二，图7是根据本公开可选示例的收到附着接受消息后的NAS层判定方法的流程图二，如图7所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S702，NAS发起附着或跟踪区更新流程时，指示支持CIoT优化中的CP方式，不支持CIoT优化的UP方式，推荐CP方式。
步骤S704，MME是否支持CP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S708；否则，执行步骤S706。
步骤S706，确定不采用CIoT优化。
步骤S708，确定采用CP方式。
情况三，图8是根据本公开可选示例的收到附着接受消息后的NAS层判定方法的流程图三，如图8所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S802，NAS发起附着流程或跟踪区更新流程时，不支持CIoT优化中的CP方式，支持CIoT优化的UP方式，推荐UP方式。
步骤S804，MME是否支持UP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S808；否则，执行步骤S806。
步骤S806，确定不采用CIoT优化。
步骤S808，确定采用UP方式。
情况四，图9是根据本公开可选示例的收到附着接受消息后的NAS层判定方法的流程图四，如图9所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S902，NAS发起附着或跟踪区更新流程时，因基站不支持的原因无法推荐任意一种方式。
步骤S904，MME支持CP方式或支持UP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S908；否则，执行步骤S906。
步骤S906，确定不采用CIoT优化。
步骤S908，根据终端与MME的能力匹配，确定采用CP方式或UP方式。
在又一个可选示例中，提供了有数据或信令要发送前的NAS层判定方法，终端NAS层根据确定使用的方式，在有数据或信令传输时，向AS层发送不同的指示。
情况一，图10是根据本公开可选示例的有数据或信令要发送前的NAS层判定方法的流程图一，如图10所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S1002，NAS选择CP优化方式。
步骤S1004，当前是否处于带有挂起标识的空闲状态？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S1006；否则，执行步骤S1008。
步骤S1006，清除挂起标识。
步骤S1008，基站是否支持CP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S1010；否则，执行步骤S1012。
步骤S1010，触发数据业务请求NAS信令并发送给AS。
步骤S1012，触发业务请求NAS信令并发送给AS。
情况二，图11是根据本公开可选示例的有数据或信令要发送前的NAS层判定方法的流程图二，如图11所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S1102，NAS选择UP优化方式。
步骤S1104，当前是否处于带有挂起标识的空闲状态？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S1106；否则，执行步骤S1110。
步骤S1106，基站是否支持UP方式？如果判断结果为是，则执行步骤S1108；否则，执行步骤S1110。
步骤S1108，发送恢复请求给AS并缓存NAS信令。
步骤S1110，触发业务请求NAS信令并发送给AS。
可选地，在上述步骤S404中，可以但不限于包括以下情况至少之一：
在挂起保留指示的取值为第一预设值的情况下，根据挂起保留指示的指示执行预定操作，其中，预定操作包括以下之一：保留挂起标识、非接 入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态；
在挂起保留指示的取值为第二预设值的情况下，清除挂起标识、非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态；
在窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第三预设值的情况下，获取终端的终端类型为窄带物联网终端；
在窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第四预设值的情况下，获取终端的终端类型为非窄带物联网终端；
在NAS信令处理指示的取值为第五预设值的情况下，将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层；
在NAS信令处理指示的取值为第六预设值的情况下，不将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
实施例4
在本实施例中提供了一种连接处理方法，图12是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理方法的流程图四，如图12所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S1202，向终端发送第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；
其中，第一恢复标识用于终端根据第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于用户面优化的场景中。例如：在机器间通信方式中的用户面优化场景。
可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于基站，例如：宏基站、微基站、微微基站、家庭基站等。
通过上述步骤，向终端发送第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；接收所述终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送的上行消息和/或第二恢复标识，由此可见，采用上述方案可以接收终端根据第一恢复标识发送的第二恢复标识， 使终端和基站在用户面优化过程中的操作一致，从而解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
在本实施例中，终端可以发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至发送第一恢复标识的基站，也可以发送至其他基站。
可选地，在上述步骤S1202之后，可以接收终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送的上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
需要说明的是，接收终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送的上行消息和/或第二恢复标识的基站可以是发送第一恢复标识的基站，也可以是其他基站。
可选地，第一下行消息可以但不限于携带有用于指示向终端发送的第一恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，用于指示第一恢复标识格式的信息可以但不限于包括：用于指示第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，第一下行消息可以但不限于包括以下信息中的至少两个：第一恢复标识的总长度为第一预设长度、第一恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第二预设长度、第一恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第三预设长度。
可选地，在第一下行信息包括第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，可以但不限于根据第一下行消息包括的第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的两个信息获取第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，上行消息可以但不限于携带有用于指示终端发送的第二恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，在上述步骤S1204之前，可以但不限于向终端发送第二下行消息，其中，第二下行消息携带有用于指示第二恢复标识格式的信息。
需要说明的是，向终端发送第二下行消息的基站可以是发送第一恢复标识的基站，也可以是其他基站。
可选地，第二下行消息可以但不限于包括以下信息中的至少两个：第二恢复标识的总长度为第七预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第八预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第九预设长度。
可选地，在第二下行消息包括第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，可以但不限于根据第二下行消息包括的第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的两个信息获取第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，第二下行消息可以但不限于包括以下之一：系统消息、为终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息2、为终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息4。
实施例5
在本实施例中还提供了一种连接处理装置，该装置用于实现上述实施例及优选实施方式，已经进行过说明的不再赘述。如以下所使用的，术语“模块”可以实现预定功能的软件和/或硬件的组合。尽管以下实施例所描述的装置较佳地以软件来实现，但是硬件，或者软件和硬件的组合的实现也是可能并被构想的。
图13是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图一，如图13所示，该装置包括：
1)第一接收模块132，设置为接收连接请求，其中，连接请求用于请求建立或者恢复与基站之间的连接；
2)指示模块134，耦合至第一接收模块132，设置为根据获取到的连接请求对应的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作。
可选地，上述连接处理装置可以但不限于应用于用户面优化的场景中。例如：在机器间通信方式中的用户面优化场景。
可选地，上述连接处理装置可以但不限于应用于终端，例如：手机，平板电脑，笔记本电脑，智能穿戴设备等。可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于终端的接入层。
通过上述装置，第一接收模块接收连接请求，其中，连接请求用于请求建立或者恢复与基站之间的连接；指示模块根据获取到的连接请求对应的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作，由此可见，采用上述方案，可以根据连接请求的第一连接结果指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作，使终端的接入层与非接入层的操作一致，从而解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
可选地，指示模块根据获取到的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作包括以下方式之一：
方式一，向终端的非接入层发送携带有指示信息的一个或多个第一指示消息。
方式二，向终端的非接入层发送携带有指示信息的一个或多个第一指示消息和用于指示第二连接结果的第二指示消息。
方式三，向终端的非接入层发送用于指示第二连接结果并携带有指示信息的第三指示消息。
其中，上述三种方式中的指示信息用于指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作。
可选地，指示信息可以但不限于包括以下至少之一：
指示1：挂起保留指示，其中，挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：非接入层保留挂起标识、非接入层清除挂起标识、非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
指示2：窄带物联网终端类型指示，其中，窄带物联网终端类型指示用于指示非接入层终端为窄带物联网终端，或者，窄带物联网终端类型指 示用于指示非接入层终端为非窄带物联网终端。
指示3：NAS信令处理指示，其中，NAS信令处理指示用于指示非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层，或者，NAS信令处理指示用于指示非接入层不将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
指示4：连接恢复已经失败指示，其中，连接恢复已经失败指示用于指示非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层，以及，指示非接入层进入连接状态。
指示5：连接已经挂起指示，其中，连接已经挂起指示用于指示非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
例如：在本公开的一个示例中，终端的接入层接收到重建立拒绝消息且这个重建立拒绝消息携带有挂起信息，终端的接入层可以给终端的非接入层发送连接已经挂起指示，以指示终端的非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
指示6：基站支持CP优化指示，其中，基站支持CP优化指示用于指示基站是否支持CP优化方案，基站是否支持CP优化方案可以但不限于表示为：确定在用于附着和/或跟踪区更新的NAS信令中是否推荐使用CP优化方案，或者，确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用CP优化方案。
指示7：基站支持UP优化指示，其中，基站支持UP优化指示用于指示基站是否支持UP优化方案，基站是否支持UP优化方案可以但不限于表示为：确定在用于附着和/或跟踪区更新的NAS信令中是否推荐使用UP优化方案，或者，确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用UP优化方案。
可选地，在挂起保留指示的取值为第一预设值的情况下，挂起保留指示可以但不限于用于指示以下之一：非接入层保留挂起标识、非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态。在挂起保留指示的取值为第二预设值的情况下，挂起保留指示可以但不限于用于指示以下之一：非接入层清除挂起标识、非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层进入不带挂 起标识的空闲状态、非接入层离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
可选地，挂起保留指示可以但不限于为1比特数值；第一预设值可以但不限于为1，或failure to resume with suspend；第二预设值可以但不限于为0，或failure to resume without suspend。
可选地，第一连接结果可以但不限于包括以下之一：终端的接入层因未通过Access Barring检测而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、终端的接入层接收到连接拒绝消息且连接拒绝消息携带有挂起信息、终端的接入层接收到连接拒绝消息且连接拒绝消息未携带有挂起信息、终端的接入层接收到重建立拒绝消息且重建立拒绝消息携带有挂起信息、终端的接入层在发送消息3Msg3后启动的定时器超时、终端的接入层因当前所处基站不支持UP优化方式而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、终端的接入层因没有存储的接入层上下文信息而无法发送连接恢复请求消息。
可选地，在窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第三预设值的情况下，窄带物联网终端类型指示可以但不限于用于指示非接入层终端为窄带物联网终端。在窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第四预设值的情况下，窄带物联网终端类型指示可以但不限于用于指示非接入层终端为非窄带物联网终端。
可选地，窄带物联网终端类型指示可以但不限于为1比特数值；第三预设值可以但不限于为1；第四预设值可以但不限于为0。
可选地，第一连接结果可以但不限于包括：终端的接入层在接收到连接拒绝消息之后给非接入层传递扩展等待定时器。
可选地，在NAS信令处理指示的取值为第五预设值的情况下，NAS信令处理指示可以但不限于用于指示非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层，和/或，NAS信令处理指示用于指示非接入层进入连接状态。在NAS信令处理指示的取值为第六预设值的情况下，NAS信令处理指示可以但不限于用于指示非接入层不将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
可选地，NAS信令处理指示可以但不限于为1比特数值；第五预设值可以但不限于为1；第六预设值可以但不限于为0。
可选地，第一连接结果可以但不限于包括以下之一：终端的接入层因当前所处基站不支持UP优化方式而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、终端的接入层因没有存储的接入层上下文信息而无法发送连接恢复请求消息。
可选地，该装置还包括：记录模块，耦合至第一接收模块132，设置为根据连接请求的请求类型，记录连接请求为连接建立请求或者连接恢复请求。
可选地，第二连接结果可以但不限于包括以下之一：连接恢复失败failure to resume the RRC connection、连接建立失败failure to establish the RRC connection。
下面根据几个可选示例对连接处理的流程进行描述和说明。
在一个可选示例中，终端的接入层收到终端的非接入层发来的连接恢复请求指示，但是终端的接入层发现基站不支持UP优化方式或没有存储的接入层上下文信息，终端的接入层可以标记NAS层请求恢复，清除其存储的接入层上下文(如果存在的话)，发送连接建立请求消息RRCConnectionRequest，而非连接恢复请求消息RRCConnectionResumeRequest。后续终端收到基站发送的连接建立消息RRCConnectionSetup，根据NAS层请求恢复标记，终端的接入层可以向终端的非接入层发送连接恢复已经失败(RRC connection resume has failed)指示。
在另一个可选示例中，终端的接入层收到终端的非接入层发来的连接恢复请求指示，但是终端的接入层发现基站不支持UP优化方式或没有存储的接入层上下文信息，终端的接入层可以标记NAS层请求恢复，清除其存储的接入层上下文(如果存在的话)，发送连接建立请求消息RRCConnectionRequest，而非连接恢复请求消息RRCConnectionResumeRequest。后续终端收到基站发送的连接建立消息 RRCConnectionSetup，根据NAS层请求恢复标记，终端的接入层可以向终端的非接入层发送NAS信令处理指示，用于指示终端的非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
在又一个可选示例中，终端的接入层收到终端的非接入层发送的连接恢复请求指示，但是终端的接入层发现基站不支持UP优化方式或没有存储的接入层上下文信息，终端的接入层可以清除其存储的接入层上下文(如果存在的话)，发送连接建立请求消息RRCConnectionRequest，而非连接恢复请求消息RRCConnectionResumeRequest。后续终端收到基站发送的连接建立消息RRCConnectionSetup，在发送RRCConnectionSetupComplete消息之前，如果终端的接入层发现没有待发送的NAS信令，终端的接入层可以向非接入层发送NAS信令处理指示，用于指示终端的非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
在又一个可选示例中，终端的接入层收到终端的非接入层发来的连接恢复请求指示，但是，终端的接入层发现基站不支持UP优化方式或没有存储的接入层上下文信息，终端的接入层可以清除其存储的接入层上下文(如果存在的话)，并向终端的非接入层发送恢复失败和/或取值为第二预设值的挂起保留指示，用于指示终端的非接入层进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态，隐含地，终端的非接入层可以清除其缓存的NAS信令，并立即或等待一段时间后再次发起连接建立请求。
在又一个可选示例中，终端的接入层接收到终端的非接入层发来的连接恢复请求指示，但是终端的接入层发现基站不支持UP优化方式或没有存储的接入层上下文信息，终端的接入层可以清除其存储的接入层上下文(如果存在的话)，并向非接入层发送failure to resume without suspend指示，用于指示终端的非接入层进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态，隐含地，终端的非接入层可以清除缓存的NAS信令，并立即或等待一段时间后再次发起连接建立请求。
可选地，第二指示消息或者第三指示消息可以但不限于包括：恢复失 败指示，failure to resume指示。
可选地，第三指示消息可以但不限于包括以下之一：failure to resume with suspend、failure to resume without suspend。
需要说明的是，上述各个模块是可以通过软件或硬件来实现的，对于后者，可以通过以下方式实现，但不限于此：上述模块均位于同一处理器中；或者，上述模块分别位于多个处理器中。
实施例6
在本实施例中还提供了一种连接处理装置，该装置用于实现上述实施例及优选实施方式，已经进行过说明的不再赘述。如以下所使用的，术语“模块”可以实现预定功能的软件和/或硬件的组合。尽管以下实施例所描述的装置较佳地以软件来实现，但是硬件，或者软件和硬件的组合的实现也是可能并被构想的。
图14是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图二，如图14所示，该装置包括：
1)第二接收模块142，设置为接收第一基站发送的第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；
2)第一发送模块144，耦合至第二接收模块142，设置为根据第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至第二基站。
可选地，上述连接处理装置可以但不限于应用于用户面优化的场景中。例如：在机器间通信方式中的用户面优化场景。
可选地，上述连接处理装置可以但不限于应用于终端，例如：手机，平板电脑，笔记本电脑，智能穿戴设备等。可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于终端的非接入层。
通过上述装置，第二接收模块接收基站发送的第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；第一发送模块144根据第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至基站，由此可见，采用上述方案，第一发送模块144根据基站发 送的第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至基站，使终端和基站在用户面优化过程中的操作一致，从而解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
在本实施例中，第一基站和第二基站可以是相同的基站，也可以是不同的基站。
可选地，第一下行消息可以但不限于携带有用于指示第一基站发送的第一恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，用于指示第一恢复标识格式的信息可以但不限于包括：用于指示第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，第一下行消息可以但不限于包括以下信息中的至少两个：第一恢复标识的总长度为第一预设长度、第一恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第二预设长度、第一恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第三预设长度。
可选地，在第一下行信息包括第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，可以但不限于根据第一下行消息包括的第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的两个信息获取第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，上行消息可以但不限于携带有用于指示向第二基站发送的第二恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，用于指示第二恢复标识格式的信息可以但不限于包括：用于指示第二恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示第二恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，上行消息可以但不限于包括以下信息中的至少两个：第二恢复标识的总长度为第四预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第五预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第六预设长度。
可选地，在上行信息包括第四预设长度、第五预设长度、第六预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，可以但不限于根据上行消息包括的第四预设长度、第五预设长度、第六预设长度中的上述两个信息获取第四预设长度、第五预设长度、第六预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，第一发送模块可以但不限于通过以下方式构造并发送第二恢复标识：从第一恢复标识中长度为第二预设长度的基站信息中，按照第一预定规则截取长度为第五预设长度的信息作为第二恢复标识中的基站信息；从第一恢复标识中长度为第三预设长度的终端信息中，按照第二预定规则截取长度为第六预设长度的信息作为第二恢复标识中的终端信息，得到第二恢复标识；发送第二恢复标识至第二基站。
图15是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图三，如图15所示，可选地，该装置还包括：
第三接收模块152，耦合至第二接收模块142和第一发送模块144之间，设置为接收第一基站或者第二基站发送的第二下行消息，其中，所述第二下行消息携带有用于指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，第二下行消息可以但不限于包括以下信息中的至少两个：第二恢复标识的总长度为第七预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第八预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第九预设长度。
可选地，在第二下行消息包括第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，可以但不限于根据第二下行消息包括的第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的两个信息获取第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，可以但不限于通过以下方式构造并向基站发送第二恢复标识：从第一恢复标识中长度为第二预设长度的基站信息中，按照第三预定规则截取长度为第八预设长度的信息作为第二恢复标识中的基站信息；从第一恢复标识中长度为第三预设长度的终端信息中，按照第四预定规则截取长 度为第九预设长度的信息作为第二恢复标识中的终端信息，得到第二恢复标识；发送第二恢复标识至第二基站。
可选地，第二下行消息可以但不限于包括以下之一：系统消息、为终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息2、为终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息4。
可选地，指示第二恢复标识格式的信息包括以下之一：指示第二恢复标识格式的信息为第一指示信息，其中，在第一指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第一指示信息用于指示以下之一：从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在第一指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第一指示信息用于指示以下之一：从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；指示第二恢复标识格式的信息为第二指示信息，其中，在第二指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第二指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在第二指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第二指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式，其中，第一格式和第二格式为预定义格式。
例如，指示第二恢复标识格式的信息包括以下：该信息为1个比特的指示信息。该指示信息取值为第一预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。或者，该信息为1个比特的指示信息。该指示信息取值为第一预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第一格式。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式。其中，第一格式、第二格式为预定义格式。
可选地，指示第二恢复标识格式的信息包括：指示第二恢复标识格式的信息为第三指示信息，在第三指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在第三指示信息用于取值为第二预定值的情况下，第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在第三指示信息用于取值为第三预定值的情况下，第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；或者，指示第二恢复标识格式的信息为第四指示信息，在第四指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在第四指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式；在第四指示信息取值为第三预设值的情况下，第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第三格式，其中，第一格式、第二格式和第三格式为预定义格式。
例如，指示第二恢复标识格式的信息包括以下：该信息为2个比特的指示信息，该指示信息取值为第一预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。该指示信息取值为第三预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。或者，该信息为2个比特的指示信息，该指示信息取值为第一预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第一格式。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第二格式。该指示取 值为第三预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第三格式。其中，第一格式、第二格式、第三格式为预定义格式。
可选地，第二下行消息包括以下指示信息之一：用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取一部分用作第二恢复标识的指示信息、用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取预设部分信息填入第二恢复标识的指示信息。
例如，第二下行消息包括以下指示信息：该指示信息指示从第一恢复标识中截取一部分用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取一部分填入第二恢复标识。
可选地，第二下行消息包括：第五指示信息，或者，第六指示信息；其中，在第五指示信息或者第六指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第五指示信息或者第六指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在第五指示信息或者第六指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第五指示信息或者第六指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；或者，在第五指示信息或者第六指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第五指示信息或者第六指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在第五指示信息或者第六指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第五指示信息或者第六指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式，其中，第一格式和第二格式为预定义格式。
例如，第二下行消息包括以下指示信息：该指示信息为1个比特的指示信息。或者，该指示信息为2个比特的指示信息。该指示取值为第一预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者指示从第一恢复标识中截取 最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识。或者，该指示信息为1个比特的指示信息。或者，该指示信息为2个比特的指示信息。该指示信息取值为第一预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第一格式。该指示取值为第二预定值，指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式。其中，第一格式、第二格式为预定义格式。
可选地，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：用于指示第四恢复标识是否为体现截断恢复标识的格式的指示信息，用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识中的指示信息，用于指示第四恢复标识中预设部分有效的指示信息。
例如，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：该信息指示第四恢复标识是否为体现截断恢复标识的格式。或者，指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识中，或者，指示第四恢复标识中一部分有效。
可选地，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息为第七指示信息，或者，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息为第八指示信息；其中，在第七指示信息或者第八指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第七指示信息或者第八指示信息用于指示第四恢复标识为体现截断恢复标识的格式；在第七指示信息或者第八指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第七指示信息或者第八指示信息用于指示第四恢复标识为完全恢复标识的格式，或者，不为体现截断恢复标识的格式；或者，在第七指示信息或者第八指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，第七指示信息或者第八指示信息用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最高位第十预设长度比特，或者，用于指示第四恢复标识中最高位第十预设长度比特有效；在第七指示信息或者第八指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，第七指示信息或者第八指示信息用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最低位第十一预设长度比特，或者，用于指示第四恢复标识中最低位第十一预设长度比特有效。
例如，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：该信息为1个比特的指示信息。或者，该信息为2个比特的指示信息。该信息取值为第一预定值，指示第四恢复标识为体现截断恢复标识的格式，该信息取值为第二预定值，指示第四恢复标识为完全恢复标识的格式，或者，不为体现截断恢复标识的格式。或者，该信息取值为第一预定值，指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最高位第十预设长度比特，或者，指示第四恢复标识中最高位第十预设长度比特有效。该信息取值为第二预定值，指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最低位第十一预设长度比特，或者，指示第四恢复标识中最低位第十一预设长度比特有效。
可选地，体现截断恢复标识的格式为预定义格式；或者，体现截断恢复标识的格式有第一预设部分比特有效的，第二预设部分比特为填充位，其中，能体现截断恢复标识信息的长度为40比特。
例如，体现截断恢复标识的格式为预定义格式，或者，为只有部分比特有效的，其他比特为填充位，能体现截断恢复标识信息的长度为40比特。
可选地，第十预设长度，第十一预设长度，第十二预设长度可以相同，也可以不同。
可选地，第十预设长度、第十一预设长度、第十二预设长度通过以下方式之一确定：预先定义；通过预定方式指示，其中，预定方式包括以下之一：系统消息，下行消息。
例如，第十预设长度和/或第十一预设长度和/或第十二预设长度可以预先定义，也可以通过其他方式指示，其他方式包括但不限于：系统消息，其他下行消息。
可选地，上述的指示信息为1比特，第一预定值为1或0，第二与预定值为0或1。
可选地，第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信 息、第五指示信息、第六指示信息、第七指示信息和/或第八指示信息包括以下形式之一：第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息、第五指示信息、第六指示信息、第七指示信息和/或第八指示信息为1个比特的信息，其中，1个比特的信息包括以下之一：布尔类型的信息、枚举类型的信息；第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息、第五指示信息、第六指示信息、第七指示信息和/或第八指示信息为多个比特的信息，其中，多个比特的信息包括：枚举类型的信息。
实施例7
在本实施例中还提供了一种连接处理装置，该装置用于实现上述实施例及优选实施方式，已经进行过说明的不再赘述。如以下所使用的，术语“模块”可以实现预定功能的软件和/或硬件的组合。尽管以下实施例所描述的装置较佳地以软件来实现，但是硬件，或者软件和硬件的组合的实现也是可能并被构想的。
图16是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图四，如图16所示，该装置包括：
1)获取模块162，设置为获取终端的接入层传输的指示信息，其中，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端的非接入层执行预定操作；
2)执行模块164，耦合至获取模块162，设置为根据所述指示信息的指示执行预定操作。
可选地，上述连接处理装置可以但不限于应用于用户面优化的场景中。例如：在机器间通信方式中的用户面优化场景。
可选地，上述连接处理装置可以但不限于应用于终端，例如：手机，平板电脑，笔记本电脑，智能穿戴设备等。可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于终端的非接入层。
通过上述装置，获取模块获取终端的接入层传输的指示信息，其中，指示信息用于指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作；执行模块根据指示信息的指示执行预定操作，由此可见，采用上述方案可以根据终端的接入层的 指示执行预定操作，使终端的接入层与非接入层的操作一致，从而解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
可选地，执行模块可以获取指示信息的指示类型，其中，指示类型包括以下至少之一：挂起保留指示、窄带物联网终端类型指示、NAS信令处理指示、连接恢复已经失败指示、连接已经挂起指示、基站支持CP优化指示、基站支持UP优化指示。
在指示类型包括挂起保留指示的情况下，根据挂起保留指示执行挂起指示所指示的预定操作，其中，挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：保留挂起标识、清除挂起标识、非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态、离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
在指示类型包括窄带物联网终端类型指示的情况下，根据窄带物联网终端类型指示的指示获取终端的终端类型。
在指示类型包括NAS信令处理指示的情况下，根据NAS信令处理指示的指示将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层，或者，根据NAS信令处理指示的指示不将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
在指示类型包括连接恢复已经失败指示的情况下，根据连接恢复已经失败指示的指示将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层，并进入连接状态。
在指示类型包括连接已经挂起指示的情况下，根据连接已经挂起指示的指示进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
在指示类型包括基站支持CP优化指示的情况下，根据基站支持CP优化指示的指示确定在用于附着的NAS信令中是否推荐使用CP优化方案，或者，根据基站支持CP优化指示的指示确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用CP优化方案。
在指示类型包括基站支持UP优化指示的情况下，根据基站支持UP 优化指示的指示确定在用于附着的NAS信令中是否推荐使用UP优化方案，或者，根据基站支持UP优化指示的指示确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用UP优化方案。
可选地，执行模块可以用于以下情况至少之一：
在基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第七预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中推荐使用CP优化方案；或者，在基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第八预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中不推荐使用CP优化方案；
在基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第九预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中推荐使用UP优化方案；或者，在基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第十预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中不推荐使用UP优化方案。
可选地，执行模块可以但不限于设置为：如果非接入层当前处于不带挂起标识的空闲状态，在基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第七预设值的情况下，发送NAS信令一或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接；在基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第八预设值的情况下，发送NAS信令二或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接。
可选地，执行模块可以但不限于设置为：如果非接入层当前处于带有挂起标识的空闲状态，在基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第九预设值的情况下，缓存NAS信令二或NAS信令三并要求接入层恢复连接；在基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第十预设值的情况下，发送NAS信令二或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接。
可选地，上述NAS信令一可以但不限于为数据业务请求NAS信令，上述NSA信令二可以但不限于为业务请求NAS信令，上述NAS信令三可以但不限于为跟踪区更新NAS信令。
可选地，执行模块可以但不限于用于以下情况至少之一：
在挂起保留指示的取值为第一预设值的情况下，根据挂起保留指示的 指示执行预定操作，其中，预定操作包括以下之一：保留挂起标识、非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态；
在挂起保留指示的取值为第二预设值的情况下，清除挂起标识、非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态；
在窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第三预设值的情况下，获取终端的终端类型为窄带物联网终端；
在窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第四预设值的情况下，获取终端的终端类型为非窄带物联网终端；
在NAS信令处理指示的取值为第五预设值的情况下，将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层；
在NAS信令处理指示的取值为第六预设值的情况下，不将缓存的NAS信令发送到终端的接入层。
需要说明的是，上述各个模块是可以通过软件或硬件来实现的，对于后者，可以通过以下方式实现，但不限于此：上述模块均位于同一处理器中；或者，上述模块分别位于多个处理器中。
实施例8
在本实施例中还提供了一种连接处理装置，该装置用于实现上述实施例及优选实施方式，已经进行过说明的不再赘述。如以下所使用的，术语“模块”可以实现预定功能的软件和/或硬件的组合。尽管以下实施例所描述的装置较佳地以软件来实现，但是硬件，或者软件和硬件的组合的实现也是可能并被构想的。
图17是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图五，如图17所示，该装置包括：
1)第二发送模块172，设置为向终端发送第一下行消息和/或第一恢 复标识；
其中，第一恢复标识用于终端根据第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于用户面优化的场景中。例如：在机器间通信方式中的用户面优化场景。
可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于基站，例如：宏基站、微基站、微微基站、家庭基站等。
通过上述装置，第二发送模块向终端发送第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；第四接收模块接收所述终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送的上行消息和/或第二恢复标识，由此可见，采用上述方案可以接收终端根据第一恢复标识发送的第二恢复标识，使终端和基站在用户面优化过程中的操作一致，从而解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
在本实施例中，终端可以发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至发送第一恢复标识的基站，也可以发送至其他基站。
图18是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图六，如图18所示，可选地，可选地，上述装置还包括：第四接收模块182，耦合至第二发送模块172，设置为接收所述终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送的上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
需要说明的是，接收终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送的上行消息和/或第二恢复标识的基站可以是发送第一恢复标识的基站，也可以是其他基站。
可选地，第一下行消息可以但不限于携带有用于指示向终端发送的第一恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，用于指示第一恢复标识格式的信息可以但不限于包括：用于指示第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，第一下行消息可以但不限于包括以下信息中的至少两个：第一恢复标识的总长度为第一预设长度、第一恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第二预设长度、第一恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第三预设长度。
可选地，在第一下行信息包括第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，可以但不限于根据第一下行消息包括的第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的两个信息获取第一预设长度、第二预设长度、第三预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，上行消息可以但不限于携带有用于指示终端发送的第二恢复标识格式的信息。
图19是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图七，如图19所示，可选地，该装置还包括：
第三发送模块192，耦合至第二发送模块172和第四接收模块182之间，设置为向终端发送第二下行消息，其中，第二下行消息携带有用于指示第二恢复标识格式的信息。
需要说明的是，向终端发送第二下行消息的基站可以是发送第一恢复标识的基站，也可以是其他基站。
可选地，第二下行消息可以但不限于包括以下信息中的至少两个：第二恢复标识的总长度为第七预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第八预设长度、第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第九预设长度。
可选地，在第二下行消息包括第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，可以但不限于根据第二下行消息包括的第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的两个信息获取第七预设长度、第八预设长度、第九预设长度中的第三个信息。
可选地，第二下行消息可以但不限于包括以下之一：系统消息、为终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息2、为终端分配用于发 送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息4。
需要说明的是，上述各个模块是可以通过软件或硬件来实现的，对于后者，可以通过以下方式实现，但不限于此：上述模块均位于同一处理器中；或者，上述模块分别位于多个处理器中。
下面结合本公开可选实施例进行详细说明。
本公开可选实施例提供了一种UP优化方式中终端的接入层与终端的非接入层交互的改进方法。
可选地，定义终端的接入层发送给终端的非接入层的新的一个或多个指示(相当于第一指示消息)。该指示可以是显式的指示，也可以是能够包含在用于指示连接结果的其他指示(例如：第三指示消息)中一起发送给非接入层的信息，即隐式的指示。
可选地，挂起保留指示以指示1为例，该指示取值可以为c1(即第一预设值)，表示指示非接入层继续维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态，并继续保留其存储的非接入层上下文信息。该指示取值可以为c2(即第二预设值)，表示指示非接入层直接清除挂起指示并回到普通的空闲状态。
可选地，该指示1为1比特数值，c1为1，c2为0。
可选地，该指示1可以和用于指示连接结果的其他指示一起发送给非接入层，或在用于指示连接结果的其他指示中包含该指示1所含信息并发送给非接入层。
可选地，用于指示连接结果的其他指示可以为恢复失败指示。
可选地，包含该指示1信息的用于指示连接建立或恢复结果的其他指示可以有如下形式：failure to resume with suspend，failure to resume without suspend。
可选地，终端接入层在至少以下场景之一，向非接入层发送指示1或包含指示1信息的其他指示：终端接入层因未通过Access Barring检测而无法发送连接恢复请求消息(Msg3)，终端接入层收到连接拒绝消息且携 带挂起信息，终端接入层收到重建立拒绝消息且携带挂起信息，终端接入层在发送Msg3(例如连接恢复请求消息，重建立消息)消息后启动的定时器超时。可选地，该指示1取值为c1。
可选地，窄带物联网终端指示以指示2为例，该指示取值为d1(即第三预设值)，表示终端是窄带物联网终端(NB-IoT UE)。该指示取值为d2(即第四预设值)，表示终端是非窄带物联网终端(non NB-IoT UE)。
可选地，该指示2为1比特数值，d1为1，d2为0。
可选地，该指示2可以和用于指示连接建立或恢复结果的其他指示一起发送给非接入层，或在用于指示连接建立或恢复结果的其他指示中包含该指示2所含信息并发送给非接入层。
可选地，用于指示连接结果的其他指示为恢复失败指示。
可选地，终端接入层在至少以下场景之一，向非接入层发送指示2或包含指示2信息的其他指示：终端接入层因收到连接拒绝消息而给非接入层传递扩展等待定时器、终端根据自己的实际特征设置改值。
可选地，NAS信令处理指示以指示3为例，指示3可以用于指示是否将缓存的NAS信令发送到接入层。该指示取值为e1(即第五预设值)，表示非接入层应将缓存的NAS信令发送到接入层，该指示取值为e2(即第六预设值)，表示非接入层无需将缓存的NAS信令发送到接入层；
可选地，该指示3为1比特数值，e1为1，e2为0。
可选地，该指示3可以和用于指示连接恢复结果的其他指示一起发送给非接入层，或在用于指示连接恢复结果的其他指示中包含该指示3所含信息并发送给非接入层。
可选地，用于指示连接结果的其他指示可以为恢复失败指示。
可选地，终端接入层在至少以下场景之一，向非接入层发送指示3或包含指示3信息的其他指示：终端接入层因当前所处基站不支持UP优化方式而无法发送连接恢复请求消息(Msg3)。终端接入层因没有存储的接 入层上下文信息而无法发送连接恢复请求消息(Msg3)。可选地，该指示3取值为e1。
本公开可选实施例还提出了一种UP优化方式中传输恢复标识的改进方法。
可选地，基站给终端传输第一恢复标识(后文中第一恢复标识为下发恢复标识为例)的过程中，基站指示下发恢复标识的具体格式。
可选地，基站指示下发恢复标识中各部分信息的含义和长度。
可选地，基站指示如下信息至少两个或更多：下发恢复标识的总长度x1(即第一预设长度)，下发恢复标识中包含的基站信息的长度x2(即第二预设长度)，下发恢复标识中包含的终端/用户信息的长度x3(即第三预设长度)。
可选地，本公开可选实施例还提出了一种终端控制的第二恢复标识(后文中第二恢复标识以上报恢复标识为例)格式指示方法。
可选地，终端指示上报恢复标识中各部分信息的含义和长度。
可选地，终端在传输上报恢复标识的同时，包含长度指示信息。可选地，该信息指示如下信息至少两个或更多：上报恢复标识的总长度y1(即第四预设长度)，上报恢复标识中基站信息部分的长度y2(即第五预设长度)，上报恢复标识中终端/用户信息部分的长度y3(即第六预设长度)。当仅包含两个信息时，另外的信息应可以通过这两个信息推导而出，例如，如果携带上报恢复标识的总长度y1，以及上报恢复标识中基站信息部分的长度y2，可以简单推算出，上报恢复标识中终端/用户信息的长度y3＝y1-y2。
可选地，终端从下发恢复标识中长度为x2的基站信息中，按照从高到低的方式截取长度为y2的基站信息，填入上报恢复标识中。
可选地，终端从下发恢复标识中长度为x3的基站信息中，按照从高到低的方式截取长度为y3的基站信息，填入上报恢复标识中。
可选地，本公开可选实施例还提出了一种网络侧控制的第二恢复标识(后文中第二恢复标识以上报恢复标识为例)格式指示方法。
可选地，终端在发送携带有上报恢复标识的请求消息之前，终端先接收基站发送给它的下行消息，该下行消息中包括用于指示上报恢复标识格式的信息。
可选地，该信息指示如下信息至少两个或更多：上报恢复标识的总长度z1(即第七预设长度)，上报恢复标识中基站信息部分的长度z2(即第八预设长度)，上报恢复标识中终端/用户信息部分的长度z3(即第九预设长度)。当仅包含两个信息时，另外的信息应可以通过这两个信息推导而出，例如，如果上报恢复标识的总长度z1，以及上报恢复标识中基站信息部分的长度z2，可以简单推算出，上报恢复标识中终端/用户信息的长度z3＝z1-z2；
可选地，终端从下发恢复标识中长度为x2的基站信息中，按照从高到低的方式截取长度为z2的基站信息，填入上报恢复标识中。
可选地，终端从下发恢复标识中长度为x3的基站信息中，按照从高到低的方式截取长度为z3的基站信息，填入上报恢复标识中。
可选地，基站发送给终端的下行消息包括以下消息之一：系统消息、为终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息2，为终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息4。
综上所述，采用本公开实施例和可选实施例提供的连接处理方法及装置，可以保证UP优化方式下终端接入层和非接入层的一致性，以及传输恢复标识的准确性和灵活性。
以上实施例仅用以说明本公开的技术方案而非对其进行限制，本领域的普通技术人员可以对本公开的技术方案进行修改或者等同替换，而不脱离本公开的精神和范围，本公开的保护范围应以权利要求所述为准。
实施例9
在本实施例中提供了一种连接处理方法，图20是根据本公开实施例 的一种连接处理方法的流程图五，如图20所示，该流程包括如下步骤：
步骤S2002，第一网元接收终端发送的第三恢复标识和/或第一消息，其中，第一消息用于携带第三恢复标识；
步骤S2004，第一网元根据第三恢复标识构造第四恢复标识和/或第二消息，并将第四恢复标识和/或第二消息传递给一个或者多个第二网元，其中，第四恢复标识用于请求一个或者多个第二网元根据第四恢复标识将终端上下文信息传递给第一网元，第二消息用于携带第四恢复标识。
可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于用户面优化的场景中。例如：在机器间通信方式中的用户面优化场景。
通过上述步骤，第一网元接收终端发送的第三恢复标识和/或第一消息，其中，第一消息用于携带第三恢复标识；第一网元根据第三恢复标识构造第四恢复标识和/或第二消息，并将第四恢复标识和/或第二消息传递给一个或者多个第二网元，其中，第四恢复标识用于请求一个或者多个第二网元根据第四恢复标识将终端上下文信息传递给第一网元，第二消息用于携带第四恢复标识，由此可见，采用上述方案，第一网元可以通过第三恢复标识获取一个或者多个第二网元传递的终端的上下文信息，使第一网元与第二网元的终端上下文信息一致，从而解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
在本实施例中，第一网元可以但不限于包括以下之一：第一MME、第一基站、第一小区、目标MME、目标基站、目标小区、终端发起连接恢复的MME、终端发起连接恢复的基站、终端发起连接恢复的小区；第二网元可以但不限于包括以下之一：第二MME、第二基站、第二小区、源MME、源基站、源小区、存储有终端上下文信息的MME、存储有终端上下文信息的基站、存储有终端上下文信息的小区。
在本实施例中，第一消息可以但不限于包括：空中接口连接恢复请求消息RRCConnectionResumeRequest Message；第二消息可以但不限于包括以下之一：X2接口获取终端上下文信息请求消息X2 RETRIEVE UE  CONTEXT REQUEST Message、S1接口执行终端上下文信息获取的请求消息。
在本实施例中，第三恢复标识和第四恢复标识可以是相同的，也可以是不同的。
可选地，第二消息可以但不限于携带有用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息。
可选地，第四恢复标识可以但不限于携带有用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息。
可选地，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息可以但不限于包括以下至少之一：用于指示第四恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息、用于指示第四恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则可以但不限于包括以下至少之一：第四恢复标识的总长度、第四恢复标识的有效比特的长度、第四恢复标识中携带的有效比特的起始位置或有效比特的起始位置相对于第一预定位置的偏移量、第四恢复标识中是否携带有基站信息、第四恢复标识中是否携带有终端信息、第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息的长度、第四恢复标识中携带的终端信息的长度、第四恢复标识中细带的基站信息的起始位置或基站信息的起始位置相对于第二预定位置的偏移量、第四恢复标识中携带的终端信息的起始位置或终端信息的起始位置相对于第三预定位置的偏移量、第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息和终端信息的总长度、第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息和终端信息的起始位置或基站信息和终端信息的起始位置相对于第四预定位置的偏移量、第四恢复标识中是否携带有预设信息、第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的含义、第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的长度、第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的起始位置或预设信息的起始位置相对于第五预定位置的偏移量、第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息、终端信息和预设信息的总长度、第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息、终端信息和预设信息的起始位置或基站信息、终端信息和预设信 息的起始位置相对于第六预定位置的偏移量。
实施例10
在本实施例中还提供了一种连接处理装置，应用于第一网元，该装置用于实现上述实施例及优选实施方式，已经进行过说明的不再赘述。如以下所使用的，术语“模块”可以实现预定功能的软件和/或硬件的组合。尽管以下实施例所描述的装置较佳地以软件来实现，但是硬件，或者软件和硬件的组合的实现也是可能并被构想的。
图21是根据本公开实施例的一种连接处理装置的结构框图八，如图21所示，该装置包括：
第五接收模块212，设置为接收终端发送的第三恢复标识和/或第一消息，其中，所述第一消息用于携带所述第三恢复标识；
处理模块214，耦合至第五接收模块212，设置为第一网元根据所述第三恢复标识构造第四恢复标识和/或第二消息，并将所述第四恢复标识和/或所述第二消息传递给一个或者多个第二网元，其中，所述第四恢复标识用于请求所述一个或者多个第二网元根据所述第四恢复标识将终端上下文信息传递给所述第一网元，所述第二消息用于携带所述第四恢复标识。
可选地，上述连接处理方法可以但不限于应用于用户面优化的场景中。例如：在机器间通信方式中的用户面优化场景。
通过上述装置，第五接收模块接收终端发送的第三恢复标识和/或第一消息，其中，第一消息用于携带第三恢复标识；处理模块根据第三恢复标识构造第四恢复标识和/或第二消息，并将第四恢复标识和/或第二消息传递给一个或者多个第二网元，其中，第四恢复标识用于请求一个或者多个第二网元根据第四恢复标识将终端上下文信息传递给第一网元，第二消息用于携带第四恢复标识，由此可见，采用上述方案，第一网元可以通过第三恢复标识获取一个或者多个第二网元传递的终端的上下文信息，使第一网元与第二网元的终端上下文信息一致，从而解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题。
在本实施例中，第一网元可以但不限于包括以下之一：第一MME、第一基站、第一小区、目标MME、目标基站、目标小区、终端发起连接恢复的MME、终端发起连接恢复的基站、终端发起连接恢复的小区；第二网元可以但不限于包括以下之一：第二MME、第二基站、第二小区、源MME、源基站、源小区、存储有终端上下文信息的MME、存储有终端上下文信息的基站、存储有终端上下文信息的小区。
在本实施例中，第一消息可以但不限于包括：空中接口连接恢复请求消息RRCConnectionResumeRequest Message；第二消息可以但不限于包括以下之一：X2接口获取终端上下文信息请求消息X2 RETRIEVE UE CONTEXT REQUEST Message、S1接口执行终端上下文信息获取的请求消息。
在本实施例中，第三恢复标识和第四恢复标识可以是相同的，也可以是不同的。
可选地，第二消息可以但不限于携带有用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息。
可选地，第四恢复标识可以但不限于携带有用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息。
可选地，用于指示第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则的信息可以但不限于包括以下至少之一：用于指示第四恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息、用于指示第四恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
可选地，第四恢复标识格式和/或第四恢复标识编码规则可以但不限于包括以下至少之一：第四恢复标识的总长度、第四恢复标识的有效比特的长度、第四恢复标识中携带的有效比特的起始位置或有效比特的起始位置相对于第一预定位置的偏移量、第四恢复标识中是否携带有基站信息、第四恢复标识中是否携带有终端信息、第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息的长度、第四恢复标识中携带的终端信息的长度、第四恢复标识中细带的基站信息的起始位置或基站信息的起始位置相对于第二预定位置的偏移量、第 四恢复标识中携带的终端信息的起始位置或终端信息的起始位置相对于第三预定位置的偏移量、第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息和终端信息的总长度、第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息和终端信息的起始位置或基站信息和终端信息的起始位置相对于第四预定位置的偏移量、第四恢复标识中是否携带有预设信息、第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的含义、第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的长度、第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的起始位置或预设信息的起始位置相对于第五预定位置的偏移量、第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息、终端信息和预设信息的总长度、第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息、终端信息和预设信息的起始位置或基站信息、终端信息和预设信息的起始位置相对于第六预定位置的偏移量。
实施例11
通过以上的实施方式的描述，本领域的技术人员可以清除地了解到根据上述实施例的方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现，当然也可以通过硬件，但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解，本公开的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中，包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是手机，计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本公开各个实施例所述的方法。
本公开的实施例还提供了一种存储介质。可选地，在本实施例中，上述存储介质可以被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S11，接收连接请求，其中，连接请求用于请求建立或者恢复与基站之间的连接；
S12，根据获取到的连接请求对应的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行上述实施例记载的方法步骤的程序代码：
S21，接收第一基站发送的第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；
S22，根据第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至第二基站。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行上述实施例记载的方法步骤的程序代码：
S31，获取终端的接入层传输的指示信息，其中，指示信息用于指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作；
S32，根据指示信息的指示执行预定操作。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行上述实施例记载的方法步骤的程序代码：
S41，向终端发送第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行上述实施例记载的方法步骤的程序代码：
S51，第一网元接收终端发送的第三恢复标识和/或第一消息，其中，第一消息用于携带第三恢复标识；
S52，第一网元根据第三恢复标识构造第四恢复标识和/或第二消息，并将第四恢复标识和/或第二消息传递给一个或者多个第二网元，其中，第四恢复标识用于请求一个或者多个第二网元根据第四恢复标识将终端上下文信息传递给第一网元，第二消息用于携带第四恢复标识。
可选地，在本实施例中，上述存储介质可以包括但不限于：U盘、只读存储器(ROM，Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM，Random Access Memory)、移动硬盘、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行上述实施例记载的方法步骤。
可选地，本实施例中的具体示例可以参考上述实施例及可选实施方式中所描述的示例，本实施例在此不再赘述。
显然，本领域的技术人员应该明白，上述的本公开的各模块或各步骤可以用通用的计算装置来实现，它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上，或者分布在多个计算装置所组成的网络上，可选地，它们可以用计算装置可执行的程序代码来实现，从而，可以将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行，并且在某些情况下，可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤，或者将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模块，或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制作成单个集成电路模块来实现。这样，本公开不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。
以上所述仅为本公开的优选实施例而已，并不用于限制本公开，对于本领域的技术人员来说，本公开可以有各种更改和变化。凡在本公开的精神和原则之内，所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包含在本公开的保护范围之内。
工业实用性
如上所述，本发明实施例提供的一种连接处理方法及装置具有以下有益效果：解决了相关技术中用户面优化操作不一致的问题，使终端的接入层与非接入层的操作一致。

Claims (76)

  1. 一种连接处理方法，包括：
    接收连接请求，其中，所述连接请求用于请求建立或者恢复与基站之间的连接；
    根据获取到的所述连接请求对应的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，根据获取到的所述第一连接结果，指示所述终端的所述非接入层执行所述预定操作包括以下之一：
    向所述终端的所述非接入层发送携带有指示信息的一个或多个第一指示消息；
    向所述终端的所述非接入层发送携带有所述指示信息的一个或多个所述第一指示消息和用于指示第二连接结果的第二指示消息；
    向所述终端的所述非接入层发送用于指示所述第二连接结果并携带有所述指示信息的第三指示消息；
    其中，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端的所述非接入层执行所述预定操作。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，所述指示信息包括以下至少之一：
    挂起保留指示，其中，所述挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：所述非接入层保留挂起标识、所述非接入层清除所述挂起标识、所述非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态；
    窄带物联网终端类型指示，其中，所述窄带物联网终端类型指示用于指示所述非接入层所述终端为窄带物联网终端，或者，所述窄带物联网终端类型指示用于指示所述非接入层所述终端为非窄带物联网终端；
    NAS信令处理指示，其中，所述NAS信令处理指示用于指示所述非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层，或者，所述NAS信令处理指示用于指示所述非接入层不将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层；
    连接恢复已经失败指示，其中，所述连接恢复已经失败指示用于指示所述非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层，以及，指示所述非接入层进入连接状态；
    连接已经挂起指示，其中，所述连接已经挂起指示用于指示所述非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态；
    基站支持CP优化指示，其中，所述基站支持CP优化指示用于指示基站是否支持CP优化方案；
    基站支持UP优化指示，其中，所述基站支持UP优化指示用于指示基站是否支持UP优化方案。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，
    在所述挂起保留指示的取值为第一预设值的情况下，所述挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：所述非接入层保留所述挂起标识、所述非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态；
    在所述挂起保留指示的取值为第二预设值的情况下，所述挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：所述非接入层清除所述挂起标识、所述非 接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其中，
    所述第一预设值为1，或failure to resume with suspend；
    所述第二预设值为0，或failure to resume without suspend。
  6. 根据权利要求3至5中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一连接结果包括以下之一：所述终端的接入层因未通过Access Barring检测而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、所述终端的接入层接收到连接拒绝消息且所述连接拒绝消息携带有挂起信息、所述终端的接入层接收到连接拒绝消息且所述连接拒绝消息未携带有所述挂起信息、所述终端的接入层接收到重建立拒绝消息且所述重建立拒绝消息携带有挂起信息、所述终端的接入层在发送消息3 Msg3后启动的定时器超时、所述终端的接入层因当前所处基站不支持UP优化方式而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、所述终端的接入层因没有存储的接入层上下文信息而无法发送连接恢复请求消息。
  7. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，
    在所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第三预设值的情况下，所述窄带物联网终端类型指示用于指示所述非接入层所述终端为窄带物联网终端；
    在所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第四预设值的情况下，所述窄带物联网终端类型指示用于指示所述非接入层所述终端为非窄带物联网终端。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其中，
    所述窄带物联网终端类型指示为1比特数值；
    所述第三预设值为1；
    所述第四预设值为0。
  9. 根据权利要求3、7或8所述的方法，其中，所述第一连接结果包括：所述终端的接入层在接收到连接拒绝消息之后给所述非接入层传递扩展等待定时器。
  10. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，
    在所述NAS信令处理指示的取值为第五预设值的情况下，所述NAS信令处理指示用于指示所述非接入层将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层，和/或，所述NAS信令处理指示用于指示所述非接入层进入连接状态；
    在所述NAS信令处理指示的取值为第六预设值的情况下，所述NAS信令处理指示用于指示所述非接入层不将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其中，
    所述NAS信令处理指示为1比特数值；
    所述第五预设值为1；
    所述第六预设值为0。
  12. 根据权利要求3、10或11所述的方法，其中，所述第一连接结果包括以下之一：所述终端的接入层因当前所处基站不支持UP优化方式而无法发送连接恢复请求消息、所述终端的接入层因没有存储的接入层上下文信息而无法发送连接恢复请求消息。
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，在接收所述连接请求之后，所述方法还包括：
    根据所述连接请求的请求类型，记录所述连接请求为连接建立请求或者连接恢复请求。
  14. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，所述第二指示消息或者所述第三指示消息包括：恢复失败指示，failure to resume指示。
  15. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，所述第三指示消息包括以下之一：failure to resume with suspend、failure to resume without suspend。
  16. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，所述第二连接结果包括以下之一：连接恢复失败failure to resume the RRC connection、连接建立失败failure to establish the RRC connection。
  17. 一种连接处理方法，包括：
    接收第一基站发送的第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；
    根据所述第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至第二基站。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，所述第一下行消息携带有用于指示所述第一基站发送的所述第一恢复标识格式的信息。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其中，所述用于指示第一恢复标识格式的信息包括：用于指示所述第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示所述第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
  20. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，所述第一下行消息包括以下信息中的至少两个：所述第一恢复标识的总长度为第一预设长度、所述第一恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第二预设长度、所述第一恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第三预设长度。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其中，在所述第一下行信息包括所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的 两个信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：根据所述第一下行消息包括的所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的所述两个信息获取所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的第三个信息。
  22. 根据权利要求17至21中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述上行消息携带有用于指示向所述第二基站发送的所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其中，所述用于指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息包括：用于指示所述第二恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示所述第二恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
  24. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其中，所述上行消息包括以下信息中的至少两个：所述第二恢复标识的总长度为第四预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第五预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第六预设长度。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其中，在所述上行信息包括所述第四预设长度、所述第五预设长度、所述第六预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：根据所述上行消息包括的所述第四预设长度、所述第五预设长度、所述第六预设长度中的上述两个信息获取所述第四预设长度、所述第五预设长度、所述第六预设长度中的第三个信息。
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其中，根据所述第一恢复标识发送所述第二恢复标识至所述第二基站包括：
    从所述第一恢复标识中长度为第二预设长度的基站信息中，按照第一预定规则截取长度为第五预设长度的信息作为所述第二恢复标识中的基站信息；
    从所述第一恢复标识中长度为第三预设长度的终端信息中，按照第二预定规则截取长度为第六预设长度的信息作为所述第二恢复标识中的终端信息，得到所述第二恢复标识；
    发送所述第二恢复标识至所述第二基站。
  27. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，在根据所述第一恢复标识发送所述第二恢复标识至所述第二基站之前，所述方法还包括：
    接收所述第一基站或者所述第二基站发送的第二下行消息，其中，所述第二下行消息携带有用于指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其中，所述第二下行消息包括以下信息中的至少两个：所述第二恢复标识的总长度为第七预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第八预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第九预设长度。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法，其中，在所述第二下行消息包括所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：根据所述第二下行消息包括的所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的所述两个信息获取所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的第三个信息。
  30. 根据权利要求28所述的方法，其中，根据所述第一恢复标识发送所述第二恢复标识至所述第二基站包括：
    从所述第一恢复标识中长度为第二预设长度的基站信息中，按照第三预定规则截取长度为第八预设长度的信息作为所述第二恢复标识中的基站信息；
    从所述第一恢复标识中长度为第三预设长度的终端信息中，按照第四预定规则截取长度为第九预设长度的信息作为所述第二恢复标识中的终端信息，得到所述第二恢复标识；
    发送所述第二恢复标识至所述第二基站。
  31. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其中，所述第二下行消息包括以下之一：系统消息、为终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息2、为所述终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息4。
  32. 一种连接处理方法，包括：
    获取终端的接入层传输的指示信息，其中，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端的非接入层执行预定操作；
    根据所述指示信息的指示执行预定操作。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法，其中，根据所述指示信息的指示执行预定操作包括：
    获取所述指示信息的指示类型，其中，所述指示类型包括以下至少之一：挂起保留指示、窄带物联网终端类型指示、NAS信令处理指示、连接恢复已经失败指示、连接已经挂起指示、基站支持CP优化指示、基站支持UP优化指示；
    在所述指示类型包括所述挂起保留指示的情况下，根据所述挂起保留指示执行所述挂起指示所指示的预定操作，其中，所述挂起保留指示用于指示以下之一：保留挂起标识、清除所述挂起标识、所述非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、所述非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态、离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态；
    在所述指示类型包括所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的情况下，根据所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的指示获取所述终端的终端类型；
    在所述指示类型包括所述NAS信令处理指示的情况下，根据所述NAS信令处理指示的指示将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层，或者，根据所述NAS信令处理指示的指示不将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层；
    在所述指示类型包括所述连接恢复已经失败指示的情况下，根据所述连接恢复已经失败指示的指示将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层，并进入连接状态；
    在所述指示类型包括所述连接已经挂起指示的情况下，根据所述连接已经挂起指示的指示进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态；
    在所述指示类型包括所述基站支持CP优化指示的情况下，根据所述基站支持CP优化指示的指示确定在用于附着的NAS信令中是否推荐使用CP优化方案，或者，根据所述基站支持CP优化指示的指示确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用CP优化方案；
    在所述指示类型包括所述基站支持UP优化指示的情况下，根据所述基站支持UP优化指示的指示确定在用于附着的NAS信令中是否推荐使用UP优化方案，或者，根据所述基站支持UP优化指示的指示确定在传输数据和/或信令时是否采用UP优化方案。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法，其中，根据所述指示信息的指示执行所述预定操作包括以下至少之一：
    在所述基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第七预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中推荐使用CP优化方案；或者，在所述基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第八预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中不推荐使用CP优化方案；
    在所述基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第九预设值的情况下，在 用于附着的NAS信令中推荐使用UP优化方案；或者，在所述基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第十预设值的情况下，在用于附着的NAS信令中不推荐使用UP优化方案。
  35. 根据权利要求33所述的方法，其中，根据所述指示信息的指示执行所述预定操作包括：
    如果非接入层当前处于不带挂起标识的空闲状态，在所述基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第七预设值的情况下，发送NAS信令一或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接；在所述基站支持CP优化指示的取值为第八预设值的情况下，发送NAS信令二或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接。
  36. 根据权利要求33所述的方法，其中，根据所述指示信息的指示执行预定操作包括：
    如果非接入层当前处于带有挂起标识的空闲状态，在所述基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第九预设值的情况下，缓存NAS信令二或NAS信令三并要求接入层恢复连接；在所述基站支持UP优化指示的取值为第十预设值的情况下，发送NAS信令二或NAS信令三给接入层并要求接入层初始建立连接。
  37. 根据权利要求35或36所述的方法，其中，NAS信令一为数据业务请求NAS信令，NSA信令二为业务请求NAS信令，NAS信令三为跟踪区更新NAS信令。
  38. 根据权利要求33所述的方法，其中，根据所述指示信息的指示执行预定操作包括以下至少之一：
    在所述挂起保留指示的取值为第一预设值的情况下，根据所述挂起指示的指示执行所述预定操作，其中，所述预定操作包括以下之一： 保留所述挂起标识、所述非接入层为带有挂起标识的空闲状态、进入带有挂起标识的空闲状态、维持在带有挂起标识的空闲状态；
    在所述挂起保留指示的取值为第二预设值的情况下，清除所述挂起标识、所述非接入层为不带挂起标识的空闲状态、进入不带挂起标识的空闲状态、离开带有挂起标识的空闲状态；
    在所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第三预设值的情况下，获取所述终端的所述终端类型为窄带物联网终端；
    在所述窄带物联网终端类型指示的取值为第四预设值的情况下，获取所述终端的所述终端类型为非窄带物联网终端；
    在所述NAS信令处理指示的取值为第五预设值的情况下，将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层；
    在所述NAS信令处理指示的取值为第六预设值的情况下，不将缓存的NAS信令发送到所述终端的接入层。
  39. 一种连接处理方法，包括：
    向终端发送第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；
    其中，所述第一恢复标识用于所述终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法，其中，在向所述终端发送所述第一下行消息和/或所述第一恢复标识之后，所述方法还包括：
    接收所述终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送的上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
  41. 根据权利要求37或40所述的方法，其中，所述第一下行消息携带有用于指示向终端发送的所述第一恢复标识格式的信息。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的方法，其中，所述用于指示第一恢 复标识格式的信息包括：用于指示所述第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息和用于指示所述第一恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
  43. 根据权利要求41所述的方法，其中，所述第一下行消息包括以下信息中的至少两个：所述第一恢复标识的总长度为第一预设长度、所述第一恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第二预设长度、所述第一恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第三预设长度。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的方法，其中，在所述第一下行信息包括所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的两个信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：根据所述第一下行消息包括的所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的所述两个信息获取所述第一预设长度、所述第二预设长度、所述第三预设长度中的第三个信息。
  45. 根据权利要求39至44中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述上行消息携带有用于指示所述终端发送的所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
  46. 根据权利要求40所述的方法，其中，在接收所述终端发送的所述上行消息和/或所述第二恢复标识之前，所述方法还包括：
    向所述终端发送第二下行消息，其中，所述第二下行消息携带有用于指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其中，所述第二下行消息包括以下信息中的至少两个：所述第二恢复标识的总长度为第七预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的基站信息的长度为第八预设长度、所述第二恢复标识中所携带的终端信息的长度为第九预设长度。
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法，其中，在所述第二下行消息包括所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的 两个信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：根据所述第二下行消息包括的所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的所述两个信息获取所述第七预设长度、所述第八预设长度、所述第九预设长度中的第三个信息。
  49. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其中，所述第二下行消息包括以下之一：系统消息、为所述终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息2、为所述终端分配用于发送连接恢复请求消息所需资源的消息4。
  50. 一种连接处理装置，包括：
    第一接收模块，设置为接收连接请求，其中，所述连接请求用于请求建立或者恢复与基站之间的连接；
    指示模块，设置为根据获取到的第一连接结果，指示终端的非接入层执行预定操作。
  51. 一种连接处理装置，包括：
    第二接收模块，设置为接收第一基站发送的第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；
    第一发送模块，设置为根据所述第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识至第二基站。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的装置，其中，所述装置还包括：
    第三接收模块，设置为接收第一基站或者第二基站发送的第二下行消息，其中，所述第二下行消息携带有用于指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
  53. 一种连接处理装置，包括：
    获取模块，设置为获取终端的接入层传输的指示信息，其中，所 述指示信息用于指示所述终端的非接入层执行预定操作；
    执行模块，设置为根据所述指示信息的指示执行预定操作。
  54. 一种连接处理装置，包括：
    第二发送模块，设置为向终端发送第一下行消息和/或第一恢复标识；
    其中，所述第一恢复标识用于所述终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的装置，其中，所述装置还包括：
    第四接收模块，设置为接收所述终端根据所述第一恢复标识发送的上行消息和/或第二恢复标识。
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的装置，其中，所述装置还包括：
    第三发送模块，设置为向所述终端发送第二下行消息，其中，所述第二下行消息携带有用于指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息。
  57. 一种连接处理方法，包括：
    第一网元接收终端发送的第三恢复标识和/或第一消息，其中，所述第一消息用于携带所述第三恢复标识；
    第一网元根据所述第三恢复标识构造第四恢复标识和/或第二消息，并将所述第四恢复标识和/或所述第二消息传递给一个或者多个第二网元，其中，所述第四恢复标识用于请求所述一个或者多个第二网元根据所述第四恢复标识将终端上下文信息传递给所述第一网元，所述第二消息用于携带所述第四恢复标识。
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的方法，其中，所述第二消息携带有用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息。
  59. 根据权利要求57所述的方法，其中，所述第四恢复标识携带有用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息。
  60. 根据权利要求58或59所述的方法，其中，所述用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：
    用于指示所述第四恢复标识中所携带的信息的含义的信息、用于指示所述第四恢复标识中所携带的信息的长度的信息。
  61. 根据权利要求58至60中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则包括以下至少之一：
    所述第四恢复标识的总长度、所述第四恢复标识的有效比特的长度、所述第四恢复标识中携带的有效比特的起始位置或有效比特的起始位置相对于第一预定位置的偏移量、所述第四恢复标识中是否携带有基站信息、所述第四恢复标识中是否携带有终端信息、所述第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息的长度、所述第四恢复标识中携带的终端信息的长度、所述第四恢复标识中细带的基站信息的起始位置或基站信息的起始位置相对于第二预定位置的偏移量、所述第四恢复标识中携带的终端信息的起始位置或终端信息的起始位置相对于第三预定位置的偏移量、所述第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息和终端信息的总长度、所述第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息和终端信息的起始位置或基站信息和终端信息的起始位置相对于第四预定位置的偏移量、所述第四恢复标识中是否携带有预设信息、所述第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的含义、所述第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的长度、所述第四恢复标识中携带的预设信息的起始位置或预设信息的起始位置相对于第五预定位置的偏移量、所述第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息、终端信息和预设信息的总长度、所述第四恢复标识中携带的基站信息、 终端信息和预设信息的起始位置或基站信息、终端信息和预设信息的起始位置相对于第六预定位置的偏移量。
  62. 根据权利要求57所述的方法，其中，
    所述第一网元包括以下之一：第一MME、第一基站、第一小区、目标MME、目标基站、目标小区、终端发起连接恢复的MME、终端发起连接恢复的基站、终端发起连接恢复的小区；
    所述第二网元包括以下之一：第二MME、第二基站、第二小区、源MME、源基站、源小区、存储有终端上下文信息的MME、存储有终端上下文信息的基站、存储有终端上下文信息的小区。
  63. 根据权利要求57至62任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第一消息包括：空中接口连接恢复请求消息RRCConnectionResumeRequest Message；
    所述第二消息包括以下之一：X2接口获取终端上下文信息请求消息X2 RETRIEVE UE CONTEXT REQUEST Message、S1接口执行终端上下文信息获取的请求消息。
  64. 一种连接处理装置，应用于第一网元，包括：
    第五接收模块，设置为接收终端发送的第三恢复标识和/或第一消息，其中，所述第一消息用于携带所述第三恢复标识；
    处理模块，设置为第一网元根据所述第三恢复标识构造第四恢复标识和/或第二消息，并将所述第四恢复标识和/或所述第二消息传递给一个或者多个第二网元，其中，所述第四恢复标识用于请求所述一个或者多个第二网元根据所述第四恢复标识将终端上下文信息传递给所述第一网元，所述第二消息用于携带所述第四恢复标识。
  65. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其中，所述指示所述第二恢 复标识格式的信息包括以下之一：
    所述指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息为第一指示信息，其中，在所述第一指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第一指示信息用于指示以下之一：从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在所述第一指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第一指示信息用于指示以下之一：从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；
    所述指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息为第二指示信息，其中，在所述第二指示信息取值为所述第一预定值的情况下，所述第二指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在所述第二指示信息取值为所述第二预定值的情况下，所述第二指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式，其中，所述第一格式和所述第二格式为预定义格式。
  66. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其中，所述指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息包括：
    所述指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息为第三指示信息，在所述第三指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者所述第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在所述第三指示信息用于取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者所述第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在所述第三指示信息用于取值为第三预定值的情况下，所述第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长 度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者所述第三指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取中间第十二预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；或者，
    所述指示所述第二恢复标识格式的信息为第四指示信息，在所述第四指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在所述第四指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式；在所述第四指示信息取值为第三预设值的情况下，所述第四指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第三格式，其中，所述第一格式、所述第二格式和所述第三格式为预定义格式。
  67. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其中，所述第二下行消息包括以下指示信息之一：
    用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取一部分用作第二恢复标识的指示信息、用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取预设部分信息填入第二恢复标识的指示信息。
  68. 根据权利要求27或67所述的方法，其中，所述第二下行消息包括：
    第五指示信息，或者，第六指示信息；
    其中，在所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最高位第十预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；在所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特用作第二恢复标识，或者用于指示从第一恢复标识中截取最低位第十一预设长度比特填入第二恢复标识；或者，
    在所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息取值为第一预定值的 情况下，所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第一格式；在所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第五指示信息或者所述第六指示信息用于指示第二恢复标识为第二格式，或者为不采用第一格式，其中，所述第一格式和所述第二格式为预定义格式。
  69. 根据权利要求57所述的方法，其中，所述用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：
    用于指示第四恢复标识是否为体现截断恢复标识的格式的指示信息，用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识中的指示信息，用于指示第四恢复标识中预设部分有效的指示信息。
  70. 根据权利要求57或69所述的方法，其中，所述用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息包括以下至少之一：
    所述用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息为第七指示信息，或者，所述用于指示所述第四恢复标识格式和/或所述第四恢复标识编码规则的信息为第八指示信息；
    其中，在所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息用于指示第四恢复标识为体现截断恢复标识的格式；在所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息用于指示第四恢复标识为完全恢复标识的格式，或者，不为体现截断恢复标识的格式；或者，
    在所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息取值为第一预定值的情况下，所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最高位第十预设长度比特，或者，用于指 示第四恢复标识中最高位第十预设长度比特有效；在所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息取值为第二预定值的情况下，所述第七指示信息或者所述第八指示信息用于指示将第三恢复标识填入第四恢复标识的最低位第十一预设长度比特，或者，用于指示第四恢复标识中最低位第十一预设长度比特有效。
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的方法，其中，
    所述体现截断恢复标识的格式为预定义格式；或者，
    所述体现截断恢复标识的格式有第一预设部分比特有效的，第二预设部分比特为填充位，其中，所述体现截断恢复标识信息的长度为40比特。
  72. 根据权利要求65至71中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第十预设长度、所述第十一预设长度、所述第十二预设长度相同或者不同。
  73. 根据权利要求65至71中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第十预设长度、所述第十一预设长度、所述第十二预设长度通过以下方式之一确定：
    预先定义；
    通过预定方式指示，其中，所述预定方式包括以下之一：系统消息，下行消息。
  74. 根据权利要求65至71中任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第一预定值为1或0；或者，
    所述第二预定值为0或1。
  75. 根据权利要求65至71中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息、所述第四指示 信息、所述第五指示信息、所述第六指示信息、所述第七指示信息和/或所述第八指示信息包括以下形式之一：
    所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息、所述第四指示信息、所述第五指示信息、所述第六指示信息、所述第七指示信息和/或所述第八指示信息为1个比特的信息，其中，所述1个比特的信息包括以下之一：布尔类型的信息、枚举类型的信息；
    所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息、所述第四指示信息、所述第五指示信息、所述第六指示信息、所述第七指示信息和/或所述第八指示信息为多个比特的信息，其中，所述多个比特的信息包括：枚举类型的信息。
  76. 一种存储介质，其特征在于，所述存储介质包括存储的程序，其中，所述程序运行时执行权利要求1-49，57-63以及65-75中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2017/084579 2016-05-16 2017-05-16 连接处理方法及装置 WO2017198154A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21212804.5A EP4007435A1 (en) 2016-05-16 2017-05-16 Connection processing method and device
ES17798717T ES2902183T3 (es) 2016-05-16 2017-05-16 Método y dispositivo de procesamiento de conexión
EP17798717.9A EP3461214B1 (en) 2016-05-16 2017-05-16 Connection processing method and device
US16/194,231 US10764795B2 (en) 2016-05-16 2018-11-16 Method and apparatus for handling connections
US17/008,534 US11576088B2 (en) 2016-05-16 2020-08-31 Method and apparatus for handling connections

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610326708.5 2016-05-16
CN201610326708 2016-05-16
CN201610338823.4 2016-05-19
CN201610338823 2016-05-19
CN201610356646.2 2016-05-25
CN201610356646.2A CN107396455B (zh) 2016-05-16 2016-05-25 连接处理方法及装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/194,231 Continuation US10764795B2 (en) 2016-05-16 2018-11-16 Method and apparatus for handling connections

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017198154A1 true WO2017198154A1 (zh) 2017-11-23

Family

ID=60325690

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/084579 WO2017198154A1 (zh) 2016-05-16 2017-05-16 连接处理方法及装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4007435A1 (zh)
ES (1) ES2902183T3 (zh)
PT (1) PT3461214T (zh)
WO (1) WO2017198154A1 (zh)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100787415B1 (ko) * 2007-02-15 2007-12-21 삼성전자주식회사 이동통신 시스템의 인증 장치 및 방법
CN101494845A (zh) * 2008-01-25 2009-07-29 华为技术有限公司 一种用户隐式分离后的上下文恢复方法、网元和系统
CN102271419A (zh) * 2010-06-04 2011-12-07 重庆重邮信科通信技术有限公司 Lte终端非接入层esm和emm模块间交互操作方法
CN102388594A (zh) * 2011-09-27 2012-03-21 华为技术有限公司 数据传输的方法、设备及系统
CN105580419A (zh) * 2013-09-26 2016-05-11 株式会社Kt 上行链路数据传输方法及其装置

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100787415B1 (ko) * 2007-02-15 2007-12-21 삼성전자주식회사 이동통신 시스템의 인증 장치 및 방법
CN101494845A (zh) * 2008-01-25 2009-07-29 华为技术有限公司 一种用户隐式分离后的上下文恢复方法、网元和系统
CN102271419A (zh) * 2010-06-04 2011-12-07 重庆重邮信科通信技术有限公司 Lte终端非接入层esm和emm模块间交互操作方法
CN102388594A (zh) * 2011-09-27 2012-03-21 华为技术有限公司 数据传输的方法、设备及系统
CN105580419A (zh) * 2013-09-26 2016-05-11 株式会社Kt 上行链路数据传输方法及其装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ES2902183T3 (es) 2022-03-25
EP4007435A1 (en) 2022-06-01
PT3461214T (pt) 2022-01-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11576088B2 (en) Method and apparatus for handling connections
CN110225600B (zh) 通信方法及装置
CN109479230B (zh) 用于执行NB-IoT终端的移动性处理的方法及其装置
EP3768031A1 (en) Method and apparatus for supporting rrc-inactive state in next generation mobile communication systems
WO2018014741A1 (zh) 一种数据发送、接收和传输方法及装置
WO2017118199A1 (zh) 一种数据调度方法、基站及系统
US10264611B2 (en) Device and method of handling radio resource control connection resume procedure
CN108260121B (zh) 一种数据调度方法、基站及系统
CN107710862B (zh) 利用基于设备到设备的用户设备到网络的中继来支持服务中断的最小化
WO2017121199A1 (zh) 一种信息传输方法、装置、系统和计算机存储介质
CN111630900A (zh) 一种恢复rrc连接的方法及装置、计算机存储介质
JP2017508364A (ja) セカンダリ基地局及びマスター基地局によって実行される通信方法、並びに対応する基地局
CN107040999B (zh) 信息上报的方法及装置
CN104618849A (zh) 终端的本地交换方法及系统
EP3130162B1 (en) Adaptive d2d discovery operations
US20130195033A1 (en) Apparatus and Method for Optimization of Access Stratum Bearer Signaling in Radio Resource Control Connection Establishment
WO2016029391A1 (zh) 一种接入网节点、核心网节点和寻呼方法
WO2018082623A1 (zh) 一种连接重建立方法及装置、电子设备、计算机存储介质
TW201204127A (en) Method for network for informing user equipment to perform register procedure and related communication device
WO2017121281A1 (zh) 一种实现数据传输方式切换的方法、装置和系统
CN106961726A (zh) 一种数据传输方法、装置及系统
CN113455097A (zh) 链路失败的恢复方法和设备
WO2017198154A1 (zh) 连接处理方法及装置
WO2017193844A1 (zh) 用户设备文本恢复方法及装置
CN118524438A (zh) 通信方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17798717

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017798717

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20181217